Archive for August, 2020

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -ஸ்கந்தம்-2- அண்ட ஸ்ருஷ்ட்டி விவரணம் — 4th அத்யாயம்-ஸ்ருஷ்ட்டி க்ரமம்–

August 22, 2020

naradah uvaca–Sri Narada said; deva–of all demigods; deva–the demigod; namah–obeisances; te–unto you as;
astu–are; bhuta-bhavana–the generator of all living beings; purva-ja–the firstborn;
tat vijanihi–please explain that knowledge; yat jnanam–which knowledge;
atma-tattva–transcendental; nidarsanam–specifically directs.–2-4-1-

Sri Narada Muni asked Brahmaji: O chief amongst the demigods, O firstborn living entity,
I beg to offer my respectful obeisances unto you.
Please tell me that transcendental knowledge which specifically

yat–what; rupam–the symptoms of manifestation; yat–what; adhisthanam–background; yatah–from where;
srstam–created; idam–this world; prabho–O my father; yat–in which; samstham–conserved; yat–what;
param–under control; yat–what are; ca–and; tat–of this;
tattvam–the symptoms; vada–please describe; tattvatah–factually.–2-4-2-

பிரம்மாவிடம் நாரதர் கேட்ட கேள்வி
யத்ரூபம் யததிஷ்டானம் யத: ஸ்ருஷ்டம் இதம் பிரபோ
யத் ஸம்ஸ்த்தம் யத்பரம் யத் ச தத் தத்வம் வத தத்வத: (பா. 2.5.2)

“இந்த பிரபஞ்சத்தின் லக்ஷணம் என்ன? ஆதாரம் என்ன ? எவ்வாறு சிருஷ்டிக்கப்பட்டது? இதன் முடிவு என்ன ?
எதை ஆச்ரயித்து இருக்கிறது? இதைப்பற்றிய உண்மையை எனக்குக் கூறுமாறு பிரார்த்திக்கிறேன்.”

My dear father, please describe factually the symptoms of this manifest world.
What is its background? How is it created? How is it conserved?
And under whose control is all this being done

sarvam–all and everything; hi–certainly; etat–this; bhavan–your good self; veda–know;
bhuta–all that is created or born; bhavya–all that will be created or born; bhavat–all that is being created;
prabhuh–you, the master of everything; kara-amalaka-vat–just like a walnut within your grip;
visvam–the universe; vijnana-avasitam–within your knowledge scientifically; tava–your.–2-4-3-

My dear father, all this is known to you scientifically because whatever was created in the past,
whatever will be created in the future, or whatever is being created at present,
as well as everything within the universe, is within your grip, just like a walnut

yat-vijnanah–the source of knowledge; yat-adharah–under whose protection; yat-parah–under whose subordination;
tvam–you; yat-atmakah–in what capacity; ekah–alone; srjasi–you are creating; bhutani–the living entities;
bhutaih–with the help of the material elements; eva–certainly; atma–self; mayaya–by potency.–2-4-4-

My dear father, what is the source of your knowledge? Under whose protection are you standing?
And under whom are you working? What is your real position?
Do you alone create all entities with material elements by your personal energy?

atman (atmani)–by self; bhavayase–manifest; tani–all those; na–not; parabhavayan–being defeated;
svayam–yourself; atma-saktim–self sufficient power; avastabhya–being employed; urna-nabhih–the spider;
iva–like; aklamah–without help.–2-4-5-

As the spider very easily creates the network of its cobweb and manifests its power of creation
without being defeated by others, so also you yourself, by employment of your self-sufficient energy,
create without any other’s help.

na–do not; aham–myself; veda–know; param–superior; hi–for; asmin–in this world; na–neither;
aparam–inferior; na–nor; samam–equal;vibho–O great one; nama–name; rupa–characteristics;
gunaih–by qualification; bhavyam–all that is created; sat–eternal; asat–temporary;
kincit–or anything like that; anyatah–from any other source.–2-4-6-

Whatever we can understand by the nomenclature, characteristics and features of a particular thing–superior,
inferior or equal, eternal or temporary–is not created from any source other than that of Your Lordship, thou so great

sah–he; bhavan–your good self; acarat–undertook; ghoram–severe; yat tapah–meditation;
su-sama hitah–in perfect discipline; tena–for that reason; khedayase–gives pain; nah–ourselves;
tvam–your good self;para–the ultimate truth; sankam–doubts; ca–and; yacchasi–giving us a chance.–2-4-7-

Yet we are moved to wonder about the existence of someone more powerful than you when we think of your
great austerities in perfect discipline, although your good self is so powerful in the matter of creation

etat–all those; me–unto me; prcchatah–inquisitive; sarvam–all that is inquired; sarva-jna–one who knows everything;
sakala–over all; isvara–the controller; vijanihi–kindly explain; yatha–as; eva–they are; idam–this; aham–myself;
budhye–can understand; anusasitah–just learning from you.–2-4-8-

My dear father, you know everything, and you are the controller of all. Therefore may all that I have inquired
from you be kindly instructed to me so that I may be able to understand it as your student

மேலும் நாரதர் கூறியதாவது ,
முக்காலும் உணர்ந்த உங்களுக்கு இது உள்ளங்கை நெல்லிக்கனி போல் விளங்குகிறது.
உங்கள் சங்கல்பத்தின் மூலமே சகலவிதமான சிருஷ்டியை செய்கிறீர்கள்.
ஒரு சிலந்தியைப்போல் தங்களிடம் இருந்தே இந்த ப்ரபஞ்சம் தோன்றியதாக அறிகிறேன்.

ஆனாலும் தாங்கள் தவம் செய்ததாக அறிகிறேன். இந்த ஞானம் யாரிடம் இருந்து பெற்றீர்கள்?
உங்களுக்கு மேலிருக்கும் உங்களை இயக்கம் அந்த சக்தி யாது? இதை விளக்க வேண்டும்.

brahma uvaca–Lord Brahma said; samyak–perfectly; karunikasya–of you, who are very kind; idam–this;
vatsa–my dear boy; te–your; vicikitsitam–inquisitiveness; yat–by which; aham–myself; coditah–inspired;
saumya–O gentle one; bhagavat–of the Personality of Godhead; virya–prowess; darsane–in the matter of.–2-4-9-

Lord Brahma said: My dear boy Narada, being merciful to all (including me) you have asked all these questions
because I have been inspired to see into the prowess of the Almighty Personality of Godhead

na–not; anrtam–false; tava–of yours; tat–that; ca–also; api–as you have stated; yatha–in the matter of;
mam–of myself; prabravisi–as you describe; bhoh–O my son; avijnaya–without knowing; param–the Supreme;
mattah–beyond myself; etavat–all that you have spoken; tvam– yourself; yatah–for the reason of;
hi–certainly; me–about me.–2-4-10-

Whatever you have spoken about me is not false because unless and until one is aware of the Personality of Godhead,
who is the ultimate truth beyond me, one is sure to be illusioned by observing my powerful activities.

yena–by whom; sva-rocisa–by His own effulgence; visvam–all the world; rocitam–already created potentially;
rocayami–do manifest; aham–I; yatha–as much; arkah–the sun; agnih–fire; yatha–as; somah–the moon; yatha–as also;
rksa–the firmament; graha–the influential planets; tarakah–the stars.–2-4-11-

I create after the Lord’s creation by His personal effulgence [known as the brahmajyoti], just as when the sun
manifests its fire, the moon, the firmament, the influential planets and the twinkling stars also manifest their brightness

tasmai–unto Him; namah–offer my obeisances; bhagavate–unto the Personality of Godhead; vasudevaya–unto Lord Krsna;
dhimahi–do meditate upon Rim; yat–by whose; mayaya–potencies; durjayaya–invincible; mam–unto me; vadanti–they say;
jagat–the world; gurum–the master.–2-4-12-

I offer my obeisances and meditate upon Lord Krsna [Vasudeva], the Personality of Godhead, whose invincible
potency influences them [the less intelligent class of men] to call me the supreme controller.

vilajjamanaya–by one who is ashamed; yasya–whose; sthatum–to stay; iksa-pathe–in front; amuya–by the bewildering energy;
vi mohitah–those who are bewildered; vikatthante–talk nonsense; mama–it is mine; aham–I am everything; iti–thus vituperating;
dur dhiyah–thus ill conceived.–2-4-13-

The illusory energy of the Lord cannot take precedence, being ashamed of her position, but those who are
bewildered by her always talk nonsense, being absorbed in thoughts of “It is I” and “It is mine.

பிரம்மா கூறினார்.
எனக்கு மேல் என்னை இயக்கும் சக்தியான அந்த பகவானைப் பற்றி நான் கூறுவதைக் கேள்.
எவருடைய வெல்லுதற்கரிய மாயையால் எல்லோரும் என்னை சிருஷ்டிகர்த்தா என்று கூறுகிறார்களோ அந்த பகவானை த்யானிப்போமாக.
அவருடைய கண்பார்வை செல்லும் இடத்தில் நிற்பதற்கும் எந்த மாயை வெட்கப்படுகிறாளோ
அவளால் மயக்கப்பட்ட மூடர்கள் ‘நான்’ ‘எனது’ என்று பிதற்றுகிறார்கள்.
வஸ்து, கர்மம் காலம் ஸ்வபாவம் . ஜீவன் இவை எல்லாவற்றிற்கும் பகவானே ஆதாரம்.

dravyam–the ingredients (earth, water, fire, air and sky); karma–the interaction; ca–and; kalah–eternal time;
ca–also; sva-bhavah–intuition or nature; jivah–the living being; eva–certainly; ca–and;
vasu devat–from Vasudeva; parah–differentiated parts; brahman–O brahmana; na–never; ca–also; anyah–separate;
arthah–value; asti–there is; tatt vatah–in truth.–2-4-14-

The five elementary ingredients of creation, the interaction thereof set up by eternal time, and the intuition
or nature of the individual living beings are all differentiated parts and parcels of the Personality
of Godhead, Vasudeva, and in truth there is no other value in them

narayana–the Supreme Lord; parah–is the cause and is meant for;vedah–knowledge; devah–the demigods;
narayana–the Supreme Lord; angajah–assisting hands; narayana–the personality of Godhead; parah–for the sake of;
lokah–the planets; narayana–the Supreme Lord; parah–just to please Him; makhah–all sacrifices.–2-4-15-

The Vedic literatures are made by and are meant for the Supreme Lord, the demigods are also meant for
serving the Lord as parts of His body,the different planets are also meant for the sake of the Lord, and
different sacrifices are performed just to please Him

narayana-parah–just to know Narayana; yogah–concentration of mind; narayana-param–just with an aim to achieve Narayana;
tapah–austerity; narayana-param–just to realize a glimpse of Narayana; jnanam–culture of transcendental knowledge;
narayana-para–the path of salvation ends by entering the kingdom of Narayana; gatih–progressive path.–2-4-16-

All different types of meditation or mysticism are means for realizing Narayana. All austerities are aimed at
achieving Narayana. Culture of transcendental knowledge is for getting a glimpse of Narayana,
and ultimately salvation is entering the kingdom of Narayana

நாராயண பரா வேதா தேவா நாராயணாஞ்கஜா:
நாராயண பரா லோகா நாராயணபரா மகா:
நாராயண பரோ யோகோ நாராயண பரம் தப:
நாராயணபரம் ஞானம் நாராயண பராகதி: (பாக. 2.5.15-16)

வேதங்கள் நாராயணனைப பற்றியவை. தேவர்கள் நாராயணனின் அவயவங்களில் தோன்றியவர்கள்.
உலகங்கள் நாராயணனை ஆச்ரயித்தவை. யக்ஞங்கள் நாராயணனைக் குறித்தே.யோகம் நாராயணனை அடையவே .
தவம் நாராயணனுக்கே அர்ப்பணம்.ஞானத்தின் நோக்கம் நாராயணனே. நாராயணனை அடைவதே பிறவியின் குறிக்கோள்.

tasya–His; api–certainly; drastuh–of the seer; isasya–of the controller;
kuta-sthasya–of the one who is over everyone’s intelligence;akhila-atmanah–of the Supersoul;
srjyam–that which is already created; sr jami–do I discover; sr stah–created; aham–myself;
ik saya–by glance over; eva–exactly; abhi coditah–being inspired by Him.–2-4-17-

Inspired by Him only, I discover what is already created by Him [Narayana] under His vision as
the all-pervading Supersoul, and I also am created by Him only.

நானும் அவரால் ஸ்ருஷ்டிக்கப்பட்டவ்னே. அவர் அருளால் சிருஷ்டியை மேற்கொள்ளுகிறேன்.
இவ்வாறு கூறிவிட்டு பிரம்மா பகவத்ஸ்ருஷ்டியை விளக்குகிறார்.

அதற்கு முன் பகவான் எதைக்கொண்டு இந்த உலகத்தை ஸ்ருஷ்டித்தார் எனற கேள்வி எழுகிறது.
ஒரு வஸ்துவை சிருஷ்டிக்க மூன்று காரணங்கள் தேவை.
ஒன்று உபாதான காரணம். இரண்டு, நிமித்தகாரணம் . மூன்று ஸஹகாரி காரணம்.

ஒரு பானை செய்வதற்கு களி மண் வேண்டும் . இது உபாதான காரணம். மண் மட்டும் இருந்தால் பானை வருமா?
அதைச்செய்ய குயவன் வேண்டும். இது நிமித்த காரணம் . அதை குயவன் எப்படி செய்வான்?
அதற்கு குயவனின் சக்கரம் வேண்டும் அல்லவா? இதுதான் ஸஹகாரி காரணம்.

இப்போது பகவான் எப்படி உலகை சிருஷ்டித்தார் என்று பார்த்தால், உபநிஷத் கூறுகிறது,
‘ஸதேவ சௌம்ய இதம் அக்ர ஆஸீத்,’ (சாந்தோ. உப. 6.2.1) ஆதியில் ஸத் அதாவது பிரம்மம் ஒன்றுதான் இருந்தது.
அதனால் பிரம்மம்தான் உபாதான காரணம். அப்படியானால் எதைக்கொண்டு எதன் உதவியால் உலக ஸ்ருஷ்டி ஏற்பட்டது?
அதற்கு உபநிஷத் சொல்லும் பதில்,

‘தத் ஐக்ஷத பஹுஸ்யாம் பிரஜாயேய,’ அது சங்கல்பித்தது நான் பலவாக ஆவேன்.,
அதனால் பிரம்மமே மூன்று காரணங்களாகவும் இருக்கிறது.
ஆனால் இது பிரம்மமே உலகமாக மாறிவிட்டது என்ற எண்ணத்தை தோற்றுவிக்கிறது.
அப்படி அல்ல. மாயையினால் பிரம்மமே உலகாக தோற்றம் அளிக்கிறது.

sattvam–the mode of goodness; rajah–the mode of passion; tamah–the mode of ignorance; iti–all these;
nir gunasya–of the Transcendence; gunah trayah–are three qualities; sthiti–maintenance; sarga–creation;
niro dhesu–in destruction; grhi tah–accepted; mayaya–by the external energy; vi bhoh–of the Supreme–2-4-18-

The Supreme Lord is pure spiritual form, transcendental to all material qualities, yet for the sake of
the creation of the material world and its maintenance and annihilation, He accepts through His
external energy the material modes of nature called goodness, passion and ignorance

சத்வம் ரஜஸ் தமஸ் இதி நிர்குணஸ்ய குணா: த்ரய:
ஸ்திதிஸர்கநிரோதேஷு க்ருஹீதா மாயயா விபோ:

நிர்குணன் ஆகிய பகவான் சத்வம் ரஜஸ் தமஸ் என்கிற பிரக்ருதியின் மூன்று குணங்களை மாயையால் தோற்றுவிக்கிறான்.
ஜீவன் ஈஸ்வரனுடைய மாயையினால் முக்குணங்களின் வசப்பட்டு சம்சாரத்தில் கட்டுப்படுகிறான்.
அவன் அருளால் இதை உணர்ந்தவர் மாயையிலிருந்து விடுபடுகிறார்கள்.

கீதையில் பகவான் கூறியது என்ன என்று பார்த்தால்,
த்ரிபிர்குணமயை: பாவை: ஏபி: சர்வம் இதம் ததம்
மோஹித: நாபிஜானாதி மாமேப்ய: பரம் அவ்யயம் (ப.கீ. 7.13)
இந்த பிரபஞ்சம் முக்குணமாகிற மாயையினால் மூடப்பட்டுள்ளது. அதன் வசப்பட்டோர் என்னை இதைக் கடந்தவனாக காண்கிறதில்லை.
தைவி ஹ்யேஷா குணமயி மம மாயா துரத்யயா
மாம் ஏவ யே ப்ரபத்யந்தே மாயாம் ஏதாம் தரந்தி தே(ப.கீ.7.14)
என்னுடைய முக்குணமான மாயை கடக்க முடியாதது. யார் என்னை சரண் அடைகிறார்களோ அவர்கள் மட்டுமே இதைக் கடக்கின்றனர்.

karya–effect; karana–cause; kartrtve–in activities; dravya–material; jnana–knowledge;
kriya-as rayah–manifested by such symptoms;badhnanti–conditions; nityada–eternally; muktam–transcendental;
mayi nam–affected by material energy; purusam–the living entity; gunah–the material modes.–2-4-19-

These three modes of material nature, being further manifested as matter, knowledge and activities,
put the eternally transcendental living entity under conditions of cause and effect and
make him responsible for such activities

sah–He; esah–this; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; lin gaih–by the symptoms; tribhih–by the three;
etaih–by all these; adhok sajah–the Super seer Transcendence; su-alaksita–veritably unseen; gatih–movement;
brahman–O Narada; sarvesam–of everyone; mama–mine; ca–as also;isvarah–the controller.–2-4-20-

O Brahmana Narada, the Super seer, the transcendent Lord, is beyond the perception of the material senses
of the living entities because of the above-mentioned three modes of nature. But He is the controller of
everyone, including me

kalam–eternal time; karma–the fate of the living entity; sva bhavam– nature; ca–also; maya–potency;
isah–the controller; mayaya–by the energy; svaya–of His own; atman (atmani)–unto His Self;
yadrcchaya–independently; praptam–being merged in; vibubhusuh–appearing differently;
upadade–accepted for being created again.–2-4-21-

The Lord, who is the controller of all energies, thus creates, by His own potency, eternal time,
the fate of all living entities, and their particular nature, for which they were created,
and He again merges them independently

kalat–from eternal time; guna-vyatikarah–transformation of the modes by reaction; pari namah–transformation;
svabhavatah–from the nature; karmanah–of activities; janma–creation; mahatah–of the mahat-tattva;
purusa-adhisthitat–because of the purusa incarnation of the Lord; abhut–it took place.–2-4-22-

After the incarnation of the first purusa [Karanarnavasayi Visnu], the mahat-tattva, or the principles of
material creation, take place, and then time is manifested, and in course of time the three qualities
appear. Nature means the three qualitative appearances. They transform into activities

mahatah–of the mahat-tattva; tu–but; vikur vanat–being transformed;rajah–the material mode of passion;
sattva–the mode of goodness;upabrmhitat–because of being increased; tamah–the mode of darkness;
pradhanah–being prominent; tu–but; abhavat–took place; dravya–matter; jnana–material knowledge;
kriya-atmakah–predominantly material activities.–2-4-23-

Material activities are caused by the mahat-tattva’s being agitated. At first there is transformation of the
modes of goodness and passion, and later–due to the mode of ignorance–matter, its knowledge, and
different activities of material knowledge come into play

sah–the very same thing; ahankarah–ego; iti–thus; proktah–said;vikurvan–being transformed; samabhut–became manifested;
tridha–in three features; vaikarikah–in the mode of goodness; tai jasah–in the mode of passion; ca–and;
tama sah–in the mode of ignorance; ca–also;iti–thus; yat–what is; bhida–divided;
dravya-saktih–powers that evolve matter; kriya-sak tih–initiation that creates;
jnana-sak tih– intelligence that guides; iti–thus; prabho–O master.–2-4-24-

The self-centered materialistic ego, thus being transformed into three features, becomes known as
the modes of goodness, passion and ignorance in three divisions, namely the powers that evolve matter,
knowledge of material creations, and the intelligence that guides such materialistic activities.
Narada, you are quite competent to understand this.

tama sat–from the darkness of false ego; api–certainly; bhuta-adeh– of the material elements;
vikur vanat–because of transformation; abhut–generated; nabhah–the sky; tasya–its; matra–subtle form;
gunah–quality; sabdah–sound; lingam–characteristics; yat–as its; drastr–the seer; drsyayoh–of what is seen–2-4-25-

From the darkness of false ego, the first of the five elements, namely the sky, is generated.
Its subtle form is the quality of sound, exactly as the seer is in relationship with the seen

nabhasah–of the sky; atha–thus; vikur vanat–being transformed;abhut–generated; sparsa–touch; gunah–quality;
anilah–air; para– previous; anvayat–by succession; sab davan–full of sound; ca–also;
pranah–life; ojah–sense perception; sahah–fat; balam–strength; vayoh- -of the air; api–also;
vikur vanat–by transformation; kala–time; karma–reaction of the past; svabhavatah–on the basis of nature;
udapadyata–generated; tejah–fire; vai–duly; rupa vat–with form; sparsa–touch;sabdavat–with sound also;
tejasah–of the fire; tu–but; vikur vanat–on being transformed; asit–it so happened; am bhah–water;
rasa-atmakam–composed of juice; rupa vat–with form; sparsavat–with touch; ca–and;
am bhah–water; ghosavat–with sound; ca–and; para–previous; anvayat–by succession; vise sah–variegatedness;
tu–but; vikur vanat–by transformation; ambhasah–of water; gandha van–odorous; abhut–became;
para–previous; anvayat–by succession; rasa–juice; sparsa–touch;sabda–sound;
rupa-guna-anvitah–qualitative.–2-4-26 /27 /28 /29 –

Because the sky is transformed, the air is generated with the quality of touch, and by previous succession
the air is also full of sound and the basic principles of duration of life: sense perception, mental power
and bodily strength. When the air is transformed in course of time and nature’s course, fire is generated,
taking shape with the sense of touch and sound. Since fire is also transformed, there is a manifestation of
water, full of juice and taste. As previously, it also has form and touch and is also full of sound.
And water, being transformed from all variegatedness on earth, appears odorous and, as previously,
becomes qualitatively full of juice, touch, sound and form respectively.

vaikarikat–from the mode of goodness; manah–the mind; jajne–generated; devah–demigods; vaikarikah–in the mode of goodness;
dasa–ten; dik–the controller of directions; vata–the controller of air;arka–the sun; pracetah–Varuna;
asvi–the Asvini-kumaras; vahni–the fire-god; indra–the King of heaven; upendra–the deity in heaven;
mitra–one of the twelve Adityas; kah–Prajapati Brahma.–2-4-30-

From the mode of goodness the mind is generated and becomes manifest, as also the ten demigods controlling
the bodily movements. Such demigods are known as the controller of directions, the controller of air, the
sun-god, the father of Daksa Prajapati, the Asvini-kumaras, the fire-god, the King of heaven,
the worshipable deity in heaven, the chief of the Adityas, and Brahmaji, the Prajapati. All come into existence

taija sat–by the passionate egoism; tu–but; vikur vanat–transformation of; indriyani–the senses; dasa–ten;
abhavan–generated;jnana-sak tih–the five senses for acquiring knowledge; kriya-sak tih–the five senses of activities;
buddhih–intelligence; pranah–the living energy; ca–also; tai jasau–all products of the mode of passion;
s rotram–the sense for hearing; tvak–the sense for touching; ghra na–the sense for smelling; drk–the sense for seeing;
ji hvah–the sense for tasting;vak–the sense for speaking; doh–the sense for handling; medhra–the genitals;
angh ri–the legs; payavah–the sense for evacuating.–2-4-31-

By further transformation of the mode of passion, the sense organs like the ear, skin, nose, eyes, tongue,
mouth, hands, genitals, legs, and the outlet for evacuating, together with intelligence and living energy,
are all generated

yada–as long as; ete–all these; asangatah–without being assembled; bhavah–remained so situated; bhuta–elements;
indriya–senses; manah–mind; gunah–modes of nature; yada–so long; ayatana–the body; nirmane–in being formed;
na sekuh–was not possible; brahma-vit-tama–O Narada,the best knower of transcendental knowledge.–2-4-32-

O Narada, best of the transcendentalists, the forms of the body cannot take place as long as these created parts,
namely the elements, senses, mind and modes of nature, are not assembled.

tada–all those; sam hatya–being assembled; ca–also; anyonyam–one another; bhagavat–by the Personality of Godhead;
sakti–energy; coditah–being applied; sat-a sattvam–primarily and secondarily; upa daya– accepting; ca–also;
ubhayam–both; sas rjuh–came into existence; hi–certainly; adah–this universe.–2-4-33-

Thus when all these became assembled by force of the energy of the Supreme Personality of Godhead,
this universe certainly came into being by accepting both the primary and secondary causes of creation

varsa-puga–many years; sahasra-ante–of thousands of years; tat–that; andam–the universal globe;
udake–in the causal water; sayam–being drowned; kala–eternal time; karma–action;
svabhava-sthah–according to the modes of nature; jivah–the Lord of the living beings;
ajivam–non animated; ajivayat–caused to be animated.–2-4-34-

Thus all the universes remained thousands of eons within the water [the Causal Ocean], and the Lord
of living beings, entering in each of them, caused them to be fully animated

sah–He (the Lord); eva–Himself; purusah–the Supreme Personality of Godhead; tasmat–from within the universe;
andam–Hiranyagarbha;nirbhid ya–dividing; nir gatah–came out; sahasra–thousands; uru–thighs;
angh ri–legs; bahu–arms; aksah–eyes; sahasra–thousands of; anana–mouths; sirsavan–with heads also.–2-4-35-

The Lord [Maha-Visnu], although lying in the Causal Ocean, came out of it, and dividing Himself as Hiranyagarbha,
He entered into each universe and assumed the virat-rupa, with thousands of legs, arms, mouths, heads,etc.

yasya–whose; iha–in the universe; avayavaih–by the limbs of the body; lokan–all the planets;
kalpayanti–imagine; manisinah–great philosophers; kati-adi bhih–down from the waist; adhah–downwards;
sapta–seven systems; sapta urdhvam–and seven systems upwards; jaghanaadibhih–front portion.–2-4-36-

Great philosophers imagine that the complete planetary systems in the universe are displays of
the different upper and lower limbs of the universal body of the Lord.

purusasya–of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; mukham–mouth;brahma–is the brahmanas; ksat ram–the royal order;
etasya–of Him;bahavah–the arms; urvoh–the thighs; vaisyah–are the mercantile men;bhagavatah–of the Personality of Godhead;
padbhyam–from His legs;sudrah–the laborer class; vya jayata–became manifested.–2-4-37-

The brahmanas represent His mouth, the ksatriyas His arms, the vaisyas
His thighs, and the sudras are born of His legs

bhuh–the lower planetary systems up to the stratum of the earth;lokah–the planets;
kalpitah–it is so imagined or said; padbhyam–out of the legs; bhuvah–the upper; lokah–the planetary system;
asya–of Him (the Lord); nabhitah–from the navel abdomen; hrda–by the heart;
svar lokah–the planetary systems occupied by the demigods; urasa–by the chest;
maharlokah–the planetary system occupied by great sages and saints;
maha-atmanah–of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.–2-4-38-

The lower planetary systems, up to the limit of the earthly stratum, are said to be situated in His legs.
The middle planetary systems, beginning from Bhuvarloka, are situated in His navel.
And the still higher planetary systems, occupied by the demigods and highly cultured
sages and saints, are situated in the chest of the Supreme Lord-

grivayam–up to the neck; janalokah–the Janaloka planetary system; asya–of Him;
tapolokah–the Tapoloka planetary system; stana-dvayat–beginning from the breast; murdhabhih–by the head;
satya lokah–the Satyaloka planetary system; tu–but; brahma lokah–the spiritual planets;
sana tanah–eternal–2-4-39-

From the forefront of the chest up to the neck of the universal form of the Lord are situated the
planetary systems named Janaloka and Tapoloka, whereas Satyaloka, the topmost planetary system,
is situated on the head of the form. The spiritual planets, however, are eternal

tat–in His; katyam–waist; ca–also; atalam–the first planetary system below the earth; klp tam–situated;
urubhyam–on the thighs; vitalam–the second planetary system below; vibhoh–of the Lord;janubhyam–on the ankles;
suta lam–the third planetary system below;suddham–purified; janghabhyam–on the joints; tu–but;
tala talam–the fourth planetary system below; mahatalam–the fifth planetary system below;
tu–but; gulphabhyam–situated on the calves; prapadabhyam–on the upper or front portion of the feet;
rasa talam–the sixth planetary system below; pata lam–the seventh planetary system below;
pada-talatah–on the bottom or soles of the feet; iti–thus;
loka-mayah–full of planetary systems; puman–the Lord.–2-4-40 / 41–

My dear son Narada, know from me that there are seven lower planetary systems out of the total fourteen.
The first planetary system, known as Atala, is situated on the waist; the second, Vitala, is situated on the
thighs; the third, Sutala, on the knees; the fourth, Talatala, on the shanks; the fifth, Mahatala, on the ankles;
the sixth, Rasatala, on the upper portion of the feet; and the seventh, Patala, on the soles of the feet.
Thus the virat form of the Lord is full of all planetary systems.

bhur lokah–the entire planetary system from Patala to the earthly planetary system;
kalpitah–imagined; padbhyam–situated on the legs; bhuvar lokah–the Bhuvarloka planetary system;
asya–of the universal form of the Lord; nabhitah–out of the navel abdomen;
svarlokah–the higher planetary system, beginning with the heavenly planets; kalpitah– imagined;
murdhna–from the chest to the head; iti–thus; va–either;
loka–the planetary systems; kalpana–imagination.–2-4-42-

Others may divide the whole planetary system into three divisions, namely the lower planetary systems
on the legs [up to the earth], the middle planetary systems on the navel, and the upper planetary systems
[Svarloka] from the chest to the head of the Supreme Personality.

——————

பிரம்மா சிருஷ்டியைப் பற்றி விரிவாகக் கூறுகிறார்.

பகவான் மாயையின் சக்தியால் பிரபஞ்சத்தை சிருஷ்டித்தார்.
மாயையிலிருந்து காலம், கர்மவாசனைகள் இவை தோன்றின. காலத்தினால் தூண்டப்பட்டு பகவானின் சங்கல்பத்தினால்
மஹத் தத்வம் தோன்றியது. மஹத் தத்வம் என்பது மூன்று குணங்களின் சேர்க்கையால் உண்டாயிற்று.
மஹத் அல்லது புத்தியிடம் இருந்து அஹம்காரம் ( நான் என்ற உணர்வு) உண்டாயிற்று.

சத்வகுண்த்தில் இருந்து ஏற்பட்ட அஹம்காரத்திலிருந்து பேத திருஷ்டி வருவதில்லை.
இதில் தமஸ் கலக்கும்போதுதான் நான் , பிறர் என்ற உணர்வு வருகிறது.
அஹம்காரம் மூன்று குணங்களுக்கேற்ப மூன்று வகைப்படும்.
ஸாத்விக அஹம்காரம் வைகாரிகம் அல்லது ஞான சக்தி.
ராஜசிக அஹம்காரம் தைஜசிகம் அல்லது க்ரியா சக்தி.
தாமச அஹம்காரம் த்ரவ்ய சக்தி. ( பஞ்ச பூதங்களின் சிருஷ்டி சக்தி)

தாமச அஹங்காரத்தில் இருந்து முதலில் ஆகாசம் தோன்றியது. இதன் குணம் சப்தம். ஆகாசத்தில் இருந்து வாயு தோன்றியது .
சப்தத்துடன் இதன் விசேஷ குணமான ஸ்பரிசம் சேர்ந்தது வாயுவே பிராணசக்தி.
வாயுவில் இருந்து உண்டானது தேஜஸ் அல்லது அக்னி.சப்தம் ஸ்பரிசம் இவற்றோடு இதன் விசேஷ குணமாவது ரூபம்.,
அக்னியில் இருந்து நீர் தோன்றியது. இதற்கு இதன்விசேஷ குணமாகிய மணத்துடன் கூட மற்ற நான்கு குணங்களும் உண்டு
.
சாத்விக அஹம்காரத்தில் இருந்து மனஸ், அதன் அதிஷ்டான தேவதையான சந்திரன், பத்து இந்த்ரியங்களின்
அதிஷ்டான தேவதைகள் இவை தோன்றின. ராஜச அஹம்காரத்தில் இருந்து பத்து இந்த்ரியங்கள் உண்டாயின.
இவ்வாறு சிருஷ்டிக்கு தேவையான எல்லாம் தோன்றினபிறகும் அவை தனித்தனியாகவே இருந்தன.
பிறகு பகவானின் சங்கல்பத்தால் அவை கலந்து சமஷ்டி ரூபம், தனித்தனிரூபம் இவை உண்டாயின. இதுதான பகவானின் விராட் ரூபம் .

புருஷ சூக்தத்தில் சொல்லியுள்ளபடி ,
ஸஹஸ்ர சீர்ஷா புருஷ: ஸஹஸ்ராக்ஷ: ஸஹஸ்ரபாத்
ஸ பூமிம் விச்வதோ வ்ருத்வா அதய்திஷ்டத் தசாங்குலம்
புருஷ: – பரமபுருஷரானவர்
ஸஹஸ்ர சீர்ஷா- ஆயிரக்கணக்கான தலை
ஸஹஸ்ராக்ஷ: – ஆயிரக்கணக்கான கண்கள்
ஸஹஸ்ரபாத்- ஆயிரக்கணக்கான பாதங்கள்

இது ஒரு உருவகம் அன்றி உண்மை இல்லை. புருஷ: என்பது இறைவனைக் குறிக்கிறது.
அவன் எங்கும் சர்வவ்யாபி என்பதையே இவ்வண்ணம் சித்தரிக்கப் படுகிறது.
அகில உலகமும் அவன் உருவமே என்ற அர்த்தத்தில் ஆயிரம் தலைகள் கண்கள் இவை சொல்லப்படுகின்றன.
சர்வம் ப்ரஹ்மம் மயம் என்பதே இதன் பொருள்.

இதைத்தான் உபநிஷத் கூறுகிறது.’ தத் ஐக்ஷத பஹுச்யாம் பிரஜாயேய – ப்ரஹ்மம் சங்கல்பித்தது நான் பலவாக ஆவேன் என்று.

நாராயண பட்டத்ரி சிருஷ்டியைப்பற்றி கூறும்போது,
‘பேதை: தாம் பிரதிபிம்பத: விவிசிவான் ‘ மாயையினால் பிரதிபலிக்கப்பட்டு பலவாகத் தோன்றினான். என்கிறார்.

பகவானின் விஸ்வரூபம் வர்ணிக்கப்படுகிறது. பதினான்கு உலகங்களும் அவன் தேஹமாக ஞானிகள் காண்கிறார்கள்.
இடுப்புக்கு கீழ் ஏழும் இடுப்பிற்கு மேல் ஏழுமாக . இடுப்பு பூலோகம். நாபி புவர்லோகம் ,ஹ்ருதயம் ஸ்வர்லோகம்,
மார்பு மஹர்லோகம், ஜனலோகம் கழுத்து, தபோலோகம் இதழ்கள். தலை சத்யலோகம்.
இதற்கு மேல் ப்ரஹ்ம லோகம் அலல்து வைகுண்டம் ஸ்ருஷ்டிக்குள் அடங்காதது. என்றும் உள்ளது.

இதே போல கீழ் லோகங்கள் பாதாளம் வரை. இதை வேறுவிதமாகவும் கூறுகின்றனர்.
பாதங்கள் பூலோகம், நாபி புவர்லோகம், தலை சத்ய லோகம்.
ஸ்ரீ பகவானுடைய விஸ்வ ரூபம் மேலும் விவரமாக அடுத்த அத்தியாயத்தில் வர்ணிக்கப்படுகிறது.

———————————————————-

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -ஸ்கந்தம்-2- அண்ட ஸ்ருஷ்ட்டி விவரணம் — 3 rd அத்யாயம்–ஸூத்த ப்ரஹ்ம கைங்கர்யம் -மானஸ அனுபவம்–

August 22, 2020

sutah uvaca–Suta Gosvami said; vaiyasakeh–of Sukadeva Gosvami; iti– thus; vacah–speeches;
tattva-nis cayam–that which verifies the truth;atmanah–in the self; upa dharya–just having realized;
matim–concentration of the mind; krsne–unto Lord Krsna; auttareyah–the son of Uttara;
satim–chaste; vyadhat–applied.-2-3-1-

Suta Gosvami said: Maharaja Pariksit, the son of Uttara, after hearing the speeches of
Sukadeva Gosvami, which were all about the truth of the

atma–body; jaya–wife; suta–son; agara–palace; pasu–horses and elephants; dravina–treasury house;
bandhusu–unto friends and relatives; rajye–in the kingdom; ca–also; avikale–without being disturbed;
nityam–constant; virudham–deep-rooted; mamatam–affinity; jahau–gave up.–2-3-2-

Maharaja Pariksit, as a result of his whole hearted attraction for Lord Krsna, was able to give up
all deep-rooted affection for his personal body, his wife, his children, his palace,
his animals like horses and elephants, his treasury house, his friends and relatives, and his

papraccha–asked; ca–also; imam–this; eva–exactly like; artham–purpose; yat–that; mam–unto me;
prcchatha–you are asking; sattamah–O great sages; krsna-anubhava–rapt in thought of Krsna; sravane–in hearing;
sraddadhanah–full of faith; maha-manah–the great soul; samstham–death; vijnaya–being informed;
sannyasya–renouncing; karma– fruitive activities;
trai-vargikam–the three principles religion,economic development and sense gratification;
ca–also; yat–what it may be; vasudeve–unto Lord Krsna; bhagavati–the Personality of Godhead;
atma-bhavam–attraction of love; drdham–firmly fixed; gatah–achieved–2-3-3 / 4-

O great sages, the great soul Maharaja Pariksit, constantly rapt in thought of Lord Krsna,
knowing well of his imminent death, renounced all sorts of fruitive activities, namely acts of religion,
economic development and sense gratification, and thus fixed himself firmly in his
natural love for Krsna and asked all these questions, exactly as you are

raja uvaca–the King said; samicinam–perfectly right; vacah–speeches; brahman–O learned brahmana;
sarva-jnasya–one who knows all;tava–your; anagha–without any contamination; tamah–the darkness of ignorance;
visiryate–gradually disappearing; mahyam–unto me; hareh–of the Lord;
kathayatah–as you are speaking; katham–topics.–2-3-5-

Maharaja Pariksit said: O learned brahmana, you know everything because you are without material contamination.
Therefore whatever you have spoken to me appears perfectly right. Your speeches are gradually
destroying the darkness of my ignorance, for you are narrating the topics

bhuyah–again; eva–also; vivitsami–I wish to learn; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; atma–personal;
mayaya–by the energies; yatha– as; idam–this phenomenal world; srjate–does create; visvam–universe;
durvibhavyam–inconceivable; adhisvaraih–by the great demigods.–2-3-6-

I beg to know from you how the Personality of Godhead, by His personal
energies, creates these phenomenal universes as they are, which are

yatha–as; gopayati–maintains; vibhuh–the great; yatha–as; samyacchate–winds up; punah–again;
yam yam–as; saktim–energies; upasritya–by employing; puru-saktih–the all-powerful; parah–the Supreme;
puman–Personality of Godhead; atmanam–plenary expansion; kridayan–having engaged them;
kridan–as also personally being engaged;karoti–does them; vikaroti–and causes to be done; ca–and.–2-3-7-

Kindly describe how the Supreme Lord, who is all-powerful, engages His
different energies and different expansions in maintaining and again

nunam–still insufficient; bhagavatah–of the Personality of Godhead; brahman–O learned brahmana;
hareh–of the Lord; adbhuta–wonderful;karmanah–one who acts; durvibhavyam–inconceivable; iva–like that;
abhati–appears; kavibhih–even by the highly learned; ca–also; api–in spite of;
cestitam–being endeavored for.–2-3-8

O learned brahmana, the transcendental activities of the Lord are all
wonderful, and they appear inconceivable because even great endeavors by
many learned scholars have still proved insufficient for understanding

yatha–as they are; gunan–the modes of; tu–but; prakrteh–of the material energy; yugapat–simultaneously;
kramasah–gradually; api–also; va–either; bibharti–maintains; bhurisah–many forms; tu–but;
ekah–the supreme one; kurvan–acting; karmani–activities; janmabhih–by incarnations.–2-3-9-

The Supreme Personality of Godhead is one, whether He alone acts with the modes of material nature,
or simultaneously expands in many forms, or expands consecutively to direct the modes of nature.

vicikitsitam–doubtful inquiry; etat–this; me–of me; bravitu–just clear up; bhagavan–powerful like the Lord;
yatha–as much as; sabde– sound transcendental; brahmani–Vedic literature; nisnatah–fully realized;
parasmin–in transcendence; ca–also; bhavan–your good self; khalu–as a matter of fact.–2-3-10-

Kindly clear up all these doubtful inquiries, because you are not only vastly learned in the
Vedic literatures and self-realized in transcendence, but are also a
great devotee of the Lord and are therefore

பரீக்ஷித் சுகரை வினவினார்.
1.பகவான் தன் மாயையின் சக்தியால் எவ்வாறு இந்த பிரபஞ்சத்தை ஸ்ருஷ்டித்தார்?
2. ஒருவரான பகவான் எவ்வாறு தன் லீலையால் பலவாகத் தோன்றினார்?
3. எவ்வாறு பல அவதாரங்களை எடுத்தார்?

sutah uvaca–Suta Gosvami said; iti–thus; upamantritah–being requested; rajna–by the King;
guna-anukathane–in describing the transcendental attributes of the Lord; hareh–of the personality of Godhead;
hrsikesam–the master of the senses; anusmrtya–properly remembering; prativaktum–just to reply;
pracakrame–executed the preliminaries.–2-3-11-

Suta Gosvami said: When Sukadeva Gosvami was thus requested by the King to describe the creative energy
of the Personality of Godhead, he then systematically remembered the master of the senses [Sri Krsna], and

sri-sukah uvaca–Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said; namah–offering obeisances; parasmai–the Supreme;
purusa ya–personality of Godhead;bhuyase–unto the complete whole; sad-udbhava–the creation of the material world;
sthana–its maintenance; nirodha–and its winding up; lilaya–by the pastime of; grhita–having accepted; sakti–power;
tri tayaya–three modes; dehinam–of all who possess material bodies; antah-bhavaya–unto He who resides within;
anu palaksya–inconceivable; vartmane–one who has such ways.–2-3-12-

Sukadeva Gosvami said: Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the Supreme Personality of Godhead
who, for the creation of the material world, accepts the three modes of nature. He is the complete whole

சுகர் அதற்கு பதில் சொல்ல ஆரம்பிக்கும் முன் பகவானை பலவாறு
துதித்தார்.

நம; பரஸ்மை புருஷாய பூயசே ஸதுத்பவ ஸ்தான நிரோதலீலயா
க்ருஹீதசக்தித்ரிதயாய தேஹினாம் அந்தர்பவாய அனுபலக்ஷ்யவர்த்மனே

தன் லீலையால் மூன்றுவிதமான சக்தியைக்கொண்டு சிருஷ்டி ஸ்திதி சம்ஹாரம் இவற்றை செய்பவரும்,
எல்லா தேகத்தின் உள்ளும் அந்தர்யாமியாக இருப்பவரும், காண முடியாத செய்கை உடையவரும்
ஆன அந்த பரம புருஷனுக்கு நமஸ்காரம்.

bhuyah–again; namah–my obeisances; sat–of the devotees or the pious; vrjina–distresses; chide–the liberator;
asatam–of the atheists, the nondevotee-demons; asambhavaya–cessation of further unhappiness;
akhila–complete; sattva–goodness; murtaye–unto the Personality; pumsam–of the transcendentalists; punah–again;
paramahamsye–the highest stage of spiritual perfection; asrame–in the status;
vyavasthitanam–particularly situated; anumrgya–the destination; dasuse–one who delivers.–2-3-13-

I again offer my respectful obeisances unto the form of complete existence and transcendence,
who is the liberator of the pious devotees from all distresses and the destroyer of the further advances in
atheistic temperament of the non devotee-demons. For the transcendentalists who are situated
in the topmost spiritual perfection,

பூயோ நம: ஸத்வ்ருஜினச்சிதே அஸதாம் அஸம்பவாய அகிலஸத்வமூர்த்தயே
பும்ஸாம் புன: பாரமஹம்ஸ்ய ஆச்ரமே வ்யவஸ்திதானாம் அனும்ருக்யதாசுஷே

நல்லோர்களின் பாபத்தை போக்குகின்றவரும், அல்லோர்களை சிக்ஷிக்கிறவரும், பல திவ்ய ரூபங்களை கொண்டவரும் ,
முற்றும் துறந்த முனிவருக்கு அருள் செய்பவரும் ஆனவரை மீண்டும் நமஸ்கரிக்கிறேன்.

namah namah te–let me offer my obeisances unto You; astu–are; rsabhaya–unto the great associate;
satvatam–of the members of the Yadu dynasty; vidura-kasthaya–one who is far from mundane wranglers;
muhuh–always; ku-yoginam–of the nondevotees; nirasta–vanquished; samya–equal status;
atisayena–by greatness; radhasa–by opulence; sva-dhamani–in His own abode; brahmani–in the spiritual sky;
ramsyate–enjoys; namah–I do bow down.–2-3-14-

Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto He who is the associate of the members of the Yadu dynasty
and who is always a problem for the non devotees. He is the supreme enjoyer of both the material and spiritual
worlds, yet He enjoys His own abode in the spiritual sky. There is no one

yat–whose; kirtanam–glorification; yat–whose; smaranam– remembrances; yat–whose; iksanam–audience;
yat–whose; vandanam– prayers; yat–whose; sravanam–hearing about; yat–whose; arhanam–worshiping;
lokasya–of all people; sadyah–forthwith; vidhunoti–specifically cleanses; kalmasam–effects of sins;
tasmai–unto Him; subhadra–all-auspicious; sravase–one who is heard;
namah–my due obeisances; namah–again and again.–2-3-15-

Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the all-auspicious Lord Sri
Krsna, about whom glorification, remembrances, audience, prayers, hearing

யத்கீர்த்தனம் யத்ஸ்மரணம் யதீக்ஷணம் யத்வந்தனம் யத்ச்ரவணம் யதர்ஹணம்
லோகஸ்ய ஸத்யோ விதுநோதி கல்மஷம் தஸ்மை ஸுபத்ரஸ்ரவசே நமோநம:

யாருடைய கீர்த்தனம் , ஸ்மரணம் , தரிசனம், வந்தனம் செய்தல், ஸ்ரவணம் , பூஜை இவை உலகத்தில்
உடனுக்குடனே பாபங்களை அழிக்கிறதோ அந்த பரமமங்கள கீர்த்தியுடைய பகவானுக்கு நமஸ்காரம்.

vicaksanah–highly intellectual; yat–whose; carana-upasadanat–simply dedicating oneself unto the lotus feet;
sangam–attachment; vyudasya– giving up completely; ubhayatah–for present and future existence;
antahatmanah– of the heart and soul; vindanti–moves progressively; hi–certainly;
brahma-gatim–toward spiritual existence; gata-klamah–without difficulty; tasmai–unto Him;
subhadra–all-auspicious; sravase–unto one who is heard; namah–my due obeisances; namah–again and again.–2-3-16-

Let me offer my respectful obeisances again and again unto the all auspicious Lord Sri Krsna.
The highly intellectual, simply by surrendering unto His lotus feet, are relieved of all attachments to
present and future existences and without difficulty progress toward

tapasvinah–the great learned sages; dana-parah–the great performer of charity;
yasasvinah–the great worker of distinction; manasvinah–the great philosophers or mystics;
mantra-vidah–the great chanter of the Vedic hymns; su-mangalah–strict followers of Vedic principles;
ksemam–fruitful result; na–never; vindanti–attain; vina–without; yat-arpanam–dedication;
tasmai–unto Him; subhadra–auspicious; sravase–hearing about Him;
namah–my obeisances; namah–again and again.–2-3-17-

Let me offer my respectful obeisances unto the all-auspicious Lord Sri Krsna again and again because
the great learned sages, the great performers of charity, the great workers of distinction, the great
philosophers and mystics, the great chanters of the Vedic hymns and the
great followers of Vedic principles cannot achieve any fruitful result

தபஸ்வின: தானபரா: யசஸ்வின:மனஸ்வின:மந்த்ரவித: ஸுமங்களா:
க்ஷேமம் ந விந்தந்தி வினா யதர்பணம் தஸ்மை ஸுபத்ரச்ரவசே நமோ நம:

தபஸ்விகள், வள்ளல்கள் , கீர்த்தியுடையோர் , யோகிகள், மந்த்ரம் அறிந்தவர்கள், மங்களமான சீலத்தை உடையோர்,
முதலியோர் யாருக்கு கர்மங்களை அர்ப்பணிக்காமல் முக்தியடைய முடியாதோ
அந்த மங்களமான கீர்த்தியுடைய பகவானுக்கு நமஸ்காரம்.

kirata–a province of old Bharata; huna–part of Germany and Russia;andhra–a province of southern India;
pulinda–the Greeks; pulkasah–another province; abhira–part of old Sind; sumbhah–another province;
yavanah–the Turks; khasa-adayah–the Mongolian province; ye–even those;
anye–others; ca–also; papah–addicted to sinful acts; yat–whose;
apasraya-asrayah–having taken shelter of the devotees of the Lord;
sudhyanti–at once purified; tasmai–unto Him; prabha visnave–unto the powerful Visnu;
namah–my respectful obeisances.–2-3-18-

Kirata, Huna, Andhra, Pulinda, Pulkasa, Abhira, Sumbha, Yavana,
members of the Khasa races and even others addicted to sinful acts can be
purified by taking shelter of the devotees of the Lord, due to His being

sah–He; esah–it is; atma–the Supersoul; atmavatam–of the self realized souls; adhisvarah–the Supreme Lord;
trayi-mayah–personified Vedas; dharma-mayah–personified religious scripture; tapah-mayah– personified austerity;
gata-vyalikaih–by those who are above all pretensions; aja–Brahmaji; sankara-adibhih–by Lord Siva and others;
vitarkya-lingah–one who is observed with awe and veneration; bhagavan– the personality of Godhead;
prasidatam–be kind toward me.–2-3-19-

He is the Supersoul and the Supreme Lord of all self-realized souls.
He is the personification of the Vedas, religious scriptures and austerities.
He is worshiped by Lord Brahma and Siva and all those who
are transcendental to all pretensions. Being so revered with awe and

sriyah–all opulence; patih–the owner; yajna–of sacrifice; patih–the director;
praja-patih–the leader of all living entities; dhiyam–of intelligence; patih–the master;
loka-patih–the proprietor of all planets; dhara–earth; patih–the supreme; patih–head; gatih–destination;
ca–also; andhaka–one of the kings of the Yadu dynasty; vrsni–the first king of the Yadu dynasty;
satvatam–the Yadus; prasidatam–be merciful; me–upon me; bhagavan–Lord Sri Krsna;
satam–of all devotees; patih–the Lord.–2-3-20-

May Lord Sri Krsna, who is the worshipable Lord of all devotees, the protector and glory of all
the kings like Andhaka and Vrsni of the Yadu dynasty, the husband of all goddesses of fortune,
the director of all sacrifices and therefore the leader of all living entities, the
controller of all intelligence, the proprietor of all planets, spiritual
and material, and the supreme incarnation on the earth (the supreme all

ஸ்ரீய:பதி:யக்ஞபதி: பிரஜாபதி: தியாம் பதி: லோகபதி: தராபதி:
பதிர்கதிஸ்சாந்தகவ்ருஷ்ணிஸாத்வதாம் ப்ரஸீததாம் மே பகவான்
ஸதாம் பதி:

ஸ்ரீய;பதியும், யக்ஞத்தின் பலனை கொடுப்பவரும், எல்லா உயிர்களுக்கும் அதிபரும், ஸகல லோகத்திற்கும் பூமிக்கும் அதிபரும் ,
அந்தக வருஷ்ணி ஸாத்வத குலங்களின் ரக்ஷகராக கிருஷ்ணாவதாரம் செய்தவரோ , நல்ல ஹ்ருதயம் படைத்தவரின் கதியும்
ஆன பகவான் என்னிடத்தில் கருணை புரியட்டும்.

yat-anghri–whose lotus feet; abhidhyana–thinking of, at every second; samadhi–trance; dhautaya–being washed off;
dhiya–by such clean intelligence; anupasyanti–does see by following authorities; hi– certainly;
tattvam–the Absolute Truth; atmanah–of the Supreme Lord and of oneself; vadanti–they say; ca–also;
etat–this; kavayah–philosophers or learned scholars; yatha-rucam–as he thinks; sah–He;
me–mine; mukundah–Lord Krsna (who gives liberation); bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead;
prasidatam–be pleased with me.–2-3-21-

It is the Personality of Godhead Sri Krsna who gives liberation. By thinking of His lotus feet at every second,
following in the footsteps of authorities, the devotee in trance can see the Absolute Truth.
The learned mental speculators, however, think of Him according to their

யத்ங்க்ர்யனுத்யானஸமாதிதௌதயா தியானுபச்யந்திஹி தத்வம் ஆத்மன:
வதந்தி சைதத் கவயோ யதாருசம் ஸமே முகுந்தோ பகவான் ப்ரஸீததாம்

யாருடைய பாதத்தை தியானம் செய்வதன் மூலம் தெளிவுற்ற மதியினால் ஆத்ம ஞானத்தை அடைந்து
ஞானிகள் அதை தம் திறமைக்கேற்ப உபதேசிக்கின்றார்களோ அந்த முகுந்தன் என்னிடத்தில் ப்ரீதி அடையட்டும்.

pracodita–inspired; yena–by whom; pura–in the beginning of creation; sarasvati–the goddess of learning;
vitanvata–amplified; ajasya–of Brahma, the first created living being; satim smrtim–potent memory;
hrdi–in the heart; sva–in his own; laksana–aiming at; pradurabhut–was generated; kila–as if;
asyatah–from the mouth; sah–he; me–unto me; rsinam–of the teachers;
rsabhah–the chief; prasidatam–be pleased.–2-3-22-

May the Lord, who in the beginning of the creation amplified the potent knowledge of Brahma from
within his heart and inspired him with full knowledge of creation and of His own Self,
and who appeared to be generated from the mouth of Brahma, be pleased with me.

ப்ரசோதிதா யேன புரா ஸரஸ்வதீ விதன்வதாஜஸ்ய ஸதீம்ஸ்ம்ருதிம் ஹ்ருதி
ஸ்வலக்ஷணா ப்ராதுரபூத் கிலாஸ்யத: ஸ மே ரிஷீணாம் ரிஷப: ப்ரஸீததாம்

எவருடைய ஆக்ஞையால் வேத ஸ்வரூபமான சரஸ்வதி பிரம்மாவினுடைய முகத்தில் ஆவிர்பவித்து
ஸ்ருஷ்டி செய்யும்படி தூண்டினாளோ அந்த ரிஷிகளுக்கு ரிஷியான பகவான் எனக்கு அருளட்டும்

bhutaih–by the elements; mahadbhih–of material creation; yah–He who; imah–all these; purah–bodies;
vibhuh–of the Lord; nirmaya–for being set up; sete–lie down; yat amusu–one who incarnated;
purusah–Lord Visnu; bhunkte–causes to be subjected; gunan–the three modes of nature;
sodasa–in sixteen divisions; sodasa-atmakah–being the generator of these sixteen; sah–He;
alankrsista–may decorate; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; vacamsi–statements; me–mine.–2-3-23-

May the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who enlivens the materially created bodies of the elements
by lying down within the universe, and who in His purusa incarnation causes the living being
to be subjected to the sixteen divisions of material modes which are his generator, be pleased
to decorate my statement

பூதைர்மஹத்பிர்ய இமா: புரோ விபு: நிர்மாய சேதே
யதமூஷு பூருஷ:
புங்க்தே குணான் ஷோடசஷோடசாத்மக: ஸோஅலங்க்ருஷீஷ்ட
பகவான் வசாம்ஸி மே

பஞ்சபூதங்களால் ஆன இந்த உலகத்தை நிர்மாணித்து அதனுள் புகுந்து அந்தர்யாமியாய்
பதினாறு குணங்களையும் செயல்களையும் நிர்வஹிக்கும் அந்த பகவான் என் வாக்கில் எழுந்தருளட்டும்.

( பஞ்ச பூதங்கள் பஞ்ச கர்மேந்த்ரியங்கள் பஞ்ச ஞானேந்த்ரியங்கள் , அந்த;கரணம் ஆக பதினாறு.
அவைகளின் குணங்கள் , செயல்கள்.)

namah–my obeisances; tasmai–unto Him; bhagavate–unto the Personality of Godhead;
vasudevaya–unto Vasudeva or His incarnations;vedhase–the compiler of the Vedic literatures; papuh–drunk;
jnanam–knowledge; ayam–this Vedic knowledge; saumyah–the devotees, especially the consorts of Lord Krsna;
yat–from whose; mukha-amburuha–the lotus like mouth; asavam–nectar from His mouth–2-3-24-

I offer my respectful obeisances unto Srila Vyasadeva, the incarnation of Vasudeva who compiled
the Vedic scriptures. The pure devotees drink up the nectarean transcendental knowledge
dropping from the lotuslike mouth of the Lord.

நமஸ்தஸ்மை பகவதே வாஸுதேவாய வேதசே
பபுர் ஞானமயம் சௌம்யா யன்முகாம்புருஹாஸவம்

எவர் முகத்தாமரையிலிரிந்து பெருகிய அம்ருதத்தை பக்தர்கள் பருகினார்களோ அந்த வேத வியாசரை நமஸ்கரிக்கிறேன்.,

etat–on this matter; eva–exactly; atma-bhuh–the firstborn (Brahmaji); rajan–my dear King;
naradaya–unto Narada Muni; viprcchate– having inquired about it from;
veda-garbhah–one who is impregnated with Vedic knowledge from birth; abhyadhat–apprised; saksat–directly;
yat aha–what he spoke; harih–the Lord; atmanah–unto His own (Brahma)–2-3-25-

My dear King, Brahma, the firstborn, on being questioned by Narada, exactly apprised him on this subject,
as it was directly spoken by the Lord to His own son, who was impregnated with Vedic knowledge from his very birth.

இவ்வாறு துதி செய்த பின்னர் சுகர் மன்னரிடம் கூறினார்.

ஹரியானவர் தனக்கு எதை நேரில் உபதேசித்தாரோ அதை ஸ்வாயம்புவான பிரம்மா தன்னை நாடி வந்து
வினவிய நாரதருக்கு உபதேசித்தார்.

அடுத்து .பகவான் தன் மாயையின் சக்தியால் எவ்வாறு இந்த பிரபஞ்சத்தை ஸ்ருஷ்டித்தார்?
என்ற பரீட்சித்தின் கேள்விக்கு பதில் கூறப்படுகிறது.

————————————————————————-

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -ஸ்கந்தம்-2- அண்ட ஸ்ருஷ்ட்டி விவரணம் — 2 nd அத்யாயம்-மனத்துள்ள ஸ்ரீ ப்ரஹ்மம்–

August 22, 2020

sri-sukah uvaca–Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;
evam–just in the same way; pura–prior to the manifestation of the cosmos; dharanaya–by such a conception;
atma-yonih–of Brahmaji; nastam–lost; smrtim–remembrance;pratyavarudhya–by regaining consciousness;
tustat–because of appeasing the Lord; tatha–thereafter; sasarja–created; idam–this material world;
amogha-drstih–one who has attained clear vision; yatha–as; apyayat– created; prak–as formerly;
vyavasaya–ascertained; buddhih–intelligence.–2-2-1-

TRANSLATION

Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said: Formerly, prior to the manifestation of the cosmos, Lord Brahma,
by meditating on the virat-rupa, regained his lost consciousness by appeasing the Lord.
Thus he was able to rebuild the

sab dasya–of the Vedic sound; hi–certainly; brahmanah–of the Vedas; esah–these; panthah–the way;
yat–what is; namabhih–by different names; dhyayati–ponders; dhih–intelligence; a parthaih–by meaningless ideas;
paribhraman–wandering; tatra–there; na–never; vindate–enjoys;arthan–realities; maya-maye–in illusory things;
vasanaya–by different desires; sayanah–as if dreaming in sleep.–2-2-2-

The way of presentation of the Vedic sounds is so bewildering that it directs the intelligence of
the people to meaningless things like the heavenly kingdoms. The conditioned souls hover
in dreams of such heavenly illusory pleasures, but actually they do not relish any tangible

atah–for this reason; kavih–the enlightened person; namasu–in names only; yavat–minimum; arthah–necessity;
syat–must be; apramattah–without being mad after them; vyavasaya-buddhih–intelligently fixed;
siddhe–for success; anyatha–otherwise; arthe–in the interest of; na–should never; ya teta–endeavor for;
tatra–there; parisramam–laboring hard; tatra–there; samiksamanah–one who sees practically.–2-2-3-

For this reason the enlightened person should endeavor only for the minimum necessities of life
while in the world of names. He should be intelligently fixed and never endeavor for unwanted things,
being competent to perceive practically that all such endeavors are merely hard

satyam–being in possession; ksitau–earthly flats; kim–where is the necessity; kasipoh–of beds and cots;
prayasaih–endeavoring for; bahau– the arms; sva-siddhe–being self-sufficient; hi–certainly;
upabarhanaih–bed and bedstead; kim–what is the use; sati–being present; anjalau–the palms of the hands;
kim–what is the use; purudha–varieties of; anna–eatables; patrya–by the utensils; dik–open space;
valkala-adau–skins of trees; sati–being existent; kim–what is the use of; dukulaih–clothes.–2-2-4-

When there are ample earthly flats to lie on, what is the necessity of cots and beds?
When one can use his own arms, what is the necessity of a pillow?
When one can use the palms of his hands, what is the necessity of varieties of utensils?
When there is ample covering, or the skins of

cirani–torn clothes; kim–whether; pathi–on the road; na–not; santi–there is; disanti–give in charity;
bhiksam–alms; na–not; eva–also; anghripah–the trees; para-bhrtah–one who maintains others;
saritah–the rivers; api–also; asusyan–have dried up; ruddhah–closed;
guhah–caves; kim–whether; ajitah–the Almighty Lord; avati–give protection; na–not;
upasannan–the surrendered soul; kasmat–what for,then; bhajanti–flatters; kavayah–the learned;
dhana–wealth; durmada andhan–too intoxicated by.–2-2-5-

Are there no torn clothes lying on the common road? Do the trees, which exist for maintaining others,
no longer give alms in charity? Do the rivers, being dried up, no longer supply water to the thirsty?
Are the caves of the mountains now closed, or, above all, does the Almighty Lord not protect
the fully surrendered souls? Why then do the learned sages go to flatter those
who are intoxicated by hard-earned wealth?

evam–thus; sva-citte–in one’s own heart; svatah–by His omni potency; eva–certainly; siddhah–fully represented;
atma–the Supersoul; priyah–very dear; arthah–substance; bhagavan–the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
anantah–the eternal unlimited; tam–unto Him; nir vrtah–being detached from the world;
niyata–permanent; arthah–the supreme gain;bhajeta–one must worship;
samsara-hetu–the cause of the conditioned state of existence; uparamah–cessation;
ca–certainly; yatra–in which–2-2-6-

Thus being fixed, one must render service unto the Supersoul situated in one’s own heart by His omni potency.
Because He is the Almighty Personality of Godhead, eternal and unlimited, He is the ultimate goal of
life, and by worshiping Him one can end the cause of the conditioned state of existence

kah–who else; tam–that; tu–but; anadrtya–by neglecting; paraanucintam–transcendental thoughts;
rte–without; pasun–the materialists; asatim–in the non permanent; nama–name; kuryat–will adopt;
pasyan–seeing definitely; janam–the general mass of people;patitam–fallen;
vaitaranyam–in Vaitarani, the river of suffering; svakarma-jan–produced from one’s own work;
paritapan–suffering; jusanam–being overtaken by.–2-2-7-

Who else but the gross materialists will neglect such transcendental thought and take to the
nonpermanent names only, seeing the mass of people fallen in the river of suffering as
the consequence of accruing the result of their own work?

kecit–others; sva-deha-antah–within the body; hrdaya-avakase–in the region of the heart;
pradesa-matram–measuring only eight inches; purusam–the Personality of Godhead; vasantam–residing;
catuh-bhujam– with four hands; kanja–lotus; ratha-anga–the wheel of a chariot;
sankha–conch shell; gada-dharam–and with a club in the hand; dharanaya– conceiving in that way;
smaranti–do meditate upon Him.–2-2-8-

Others conceive of the Personality of Godhead residing within the body in the region of the heart and
measuring only eight inches, with four hands carrying a lotus, a wheel of a chariot, a conch shell and a club

கேசித் ஸ்வ தேஹாந்தர் ஹ்ருத்யாவகாசே ப்ராதேசமாத்ரம் புருஷம் வஸந்தம்
சதுர்புஜம் கஞ்சரதாங்கசங்கம் கதாதரம் தாரணயா ஸ்மரந்தி.

சிலர் தம் தேகத்தினுள் ஹ்ருதயாகாசத்தில் வசிப்பவரை ஒரு சாண் அளவே உள்ளவராய்
நான்கு புஜங்களுடன், தாமரை, சக்கரம், சங்கு கதை இவற்றோடு கூடிய புருஷனாக தியானம் செய்கிறார்கள்.

prasanna–expresses happiness; vaktram–mouth; nalina-ayata–spread like the petals of a lotus;
iksa nam–eyes; kadamba–kadamba flower;kinjal ka–saffron; pi sanga–yellow; vasasam–garments; la sat–hanging;
maha-ratna–valuable jewels; hiranmaya–made of gold; angadam–ornament;sphu rat–glowing;
maha-ratna–valuable jewels; kirita–head dress;kundalam–earrings.–2-2-9-

His mouth expresses His happiness. His eyes spread like the petals of a lotus, and His garments, yellowish
like the saffron of a kadamba flower, are bedecked with valuable jewels. His ornaments are all made of
gold, set with jewels, and He wears a glowing head dress and earrings.

unnid ra–blooming; hrt–heart; pankaja–lotus flower; karnika-alaye– on the surface of the whorl;
yoga-isvara–the great mystics; asthapita–placed; pada-pallavam–lotus feet;
sri–the goddess of fortune, or a beautiful calf; laksa nam–marked in that way; kaustubha–the Kaustubha jewel;
ratna–other jewels; kandharam–on the shoulder; amlana–quite fresh; laks mya–beauty;
vana-malaya–by a flower garland; acitam–spread over.–2-2-10-

His lotus feet are placed over the whorls of the lotus like hearts of great mystics.
On His chest is the Kaustubha jewel, engraved with a beautiful calf, and there are other jewels on His shoulders.
His complete torso is garlanded with fresh flowers

vibhu sitam–well decorated; mekha laya–with an ornamental wreath about the waist; anguliyakaih–by finger rings;
maha-dhanaih–all highly valuable; nupura–ringing leglets; kan kana-adi bhih–also by bangles;
snigdha–slick; amala–spotless; akuncita–curling; nila–bluish; kun talaih–hair; virocamana–very pleasing;
anana–face; hasa–smile;pesalam–beautiful.–2-2-11-

He is well decorated with an ornamental wreath about His waist and rings studded with valuable jewels
on His fingers. His leglets, His bangles, His oiled hair, curling with a bluish tint, and His beautiful
smiling face are all very pleasing

adina–very magnanimous; lila–pastimes ; hasita–smiling; iksana–by glancing over; ullasat–glowing;
bhru-bhanga–signals of the eyebrow;samsucita–indicated; bhuri–extensive; anugraham–benediction;
ikseta–one must concentrate on; cintamayam–transcendental; enam–this particular; isvaram–the Supreme Lord;
yavat–as long as; manah–the mind; dharanaya–by meditation; avatisthate–can be fixed.–2-2-12-

The Lord’s magnanimous pastimes and the glowing glancing of His smiling face are all indications of
His extensive benedictions. One must therefore concentrate on this transcendental form of the Lord,
as long as the mind can be fixed on Him by meditation

eka-ekasah–one to one, or one after another; angani–limbs; dhiya–by attention; anubha vayet–meditate upon;
pada-adi–legs, etc.; yavat–until; hasitam–smiling; gada-bhrtah–the personality of Godhead;
jitam jitam–gradually controlling the mind; sthanam–place; apoh ya–leaving;dhara yet–meditate upon;
param param–higher and higher; suddhyati–purified; dhih–intelligence; yatha yatha–as much as.–2-2-13-

The process of meditation should begin from the lotus feet of the Lord and progress to His smiling face.
The meditation should be concentrated upon the lotus feet, then the calves, then the thighs, and in this way
higher and higher. The more the mind becomes fixed upon the different parts of the limbs, one after another,
the more the intelligence becomes purified.

yavat–as long as; na–does not; jayeta–develop; para–transcendental; avare–mundane; asmin–in this form of;
visva-isvare–the Lord of all worlds; drastari–unto the seer; bhakti-yo gah–devotional service; tavat–so long;
stha viyah–the gross materialist; purus asya–of the virat-puru sa; rupam–universal form; kriya-avasane–at the end of
one’s prescribed duties; prayatah–with proper attention; smareta–one should remember.–2-2-14-

Unless the gross materialist develops a sense of loving service unto the Supreme Lord, the seer of both
the transcendental and material worlds, he should remember or meditate upon the universal form of the
Lord at the end of his prescribed duties

யாவன்ன ஜாயேத பராவரே அஸ்மின் விச்வேச்வரே த்ரஷ்டரி பக்தியோக:
தாவத் ஸ்தவீய: புருஷஸ்ய ரூபம் கியாவஸானே பிரயத: ஸ்மரேத

உயர்ந்ததும் தாழ்ந்ததும் ( ஸகுணமும் நிர்குணமும்) அனைத்துலகும் அவரேயாகவும் ( பார்க்கபடுவது) அனைத்தையும்
பார்ப்பவராகவும் உள்ள இவரிடத்தில் பக்தியோகம் எதுவரை உண்டாகவில்லையோ அதுவரை
இந்த ஸ்தூல ரூபத்தை ஒழிவு நேரமெல்லாம் விடாமுயற்சியுடன் சிந்திக்க வேண்டும்.

sthiram–without being disturbed; sukham–comfortable; ca–also;a sanam–sitting accommodation;
asthitah–being situated; yatih–the sage;yada–whenever; jihasuh–desires to give up; imam–this; anga–O King;
lokam–this body; kale–in time; ca–and; dese–in a proper place; ca–also; manah–the mind; na–not;
sajjayet–may not be perplexed; pranan–the senses; niyacchet–must control; manasa–by the mind;
jita-asuh–conquering the life air.–2-2-15-

O King, whenever the yogi desires to leave this planet of human beings, he should not be perplexed
about the proper time or place, but should comfortably sit without being disturbed and,
regulating the life air, should control the senses by the mind.

manah–the mind; sva-buddhya–by his own intelligence; amalaya–unalloyed; niyam ya–by regulating;
ksetra-jne–unto the living entity;etam–all of them; ninayet–merge; tam–that; atmani–the self;
atmanam–the self; a tmani–in the Superself; avarudhya–being locked up; dhirah–the fully satisfied;
labdha-upasantih–one who has attained full bliss;virameta–ceases from; krt yat–all other activities.–2-2-16-

Thereafter, the yogi should merge his mind, by his unalloyed intelligence, into the living entity,
and then merge the living entity into the Superself. And by doing this, the fully satisfied living entity
becomes situated in the supreme stage of satisfaction, so that he ceases from all other activities

na–not; yatra–wherein; kalah–destructive time; ani misam–of the heavenly demigods; parah–superior;
pra bhuh–controller; kutah–where is there; nu–certainly; devah–the demigods; jagatam–the mundane creatures;
ye–those; isire–rules; na–not; yatra–therein; sattvam– mundane goodness; na–nor; rajah–mundane passion;
tamah–mundane ignorance; ca–also; na–nor; vai–certainly; vikarah–transformation;
na–nor; mahan–the material Causal Ocean; pradhanam–material nature.–2-2-17-

In that transcendental state of labdhopasanti, there is no supremacy of devastating time, which controls
even the celestial demigods who are empowered to rule over mundane creatures.
(And what to speak of the demigods themselves?) Nor is there the mode of material goodness, nor
passion, nor ignorance, nor even the false ego, nor the material Causal Ocean, nor the material nature

param–the supreme; padam–situation; vais navam–in relation with the personality of Godhead;
amananti–do they know; tat–that; yat–which; na iti–not this; na iti–not this; iti–thus; atat–godless;
ut sisrksavah–those who desire to avoid; visrjya–giving it up completely; dauratmyam– perplexities;
ananya–absolutely; sauh rdah–in good will; hrda upaguhya– taking them into his heart;
arha–that which is only worshipable; padam– lotus feet; pade pade–at every moment.–2-2-18-

The transcendentalists desire to avoid everything godless, for they know that supreme situation in which
everything is related with the Supreme Lord Visnu. Therefore a pure devotee who is in absolute harmony
with the Lord does not create perplexities, but worships the lotus feet of the Lord at every moment,
taking them into his heart

ittham–thus, by Brahman realization; munih–the philosopher; tu–but; uparamet–should retire;
vyavasthitah–well situated; vijnana-drk–by scientific knowledge; virya–strength; su-randhita–well regulated;
asayah–aim of life; sva-parsnina–with the heel of one’s foot; apidya–by blocking; gudam–the air hole;
tatah–thereafter; anilam–life air;sthanesu–in the places; satsu–six primary; unnamayet–must be lifted;
jita-klamah–by extinguishing material desires.–2-2-19-

By the strength of scientific knowledge, one should be well situated in absolute realization and thus
be able to extinguish all material desires. One should then give up the material body by blocking the air
hole [through which stool is evacuated] with the heel of one’s foot and by lifting the life air
from one place to another in the six primary places.

nabhyam–on the navel; sthitam–situated; hrdi–in the heart; adhiropya–by placing; tasmat–from there;
udana–soaring; gatya–force; urasi–on the chest; tam–thereafter; nayet–should draw;
munih–the meditative devotee; tatah–them; anusandhaya–just to search out; dhiya–by intelligence;
manasvi–the meditative; sva-talu-mulam–at the root of the palate; sanakaih–slowly;
nayeta–may be brought in.–2-2-20-

The meditative devotee should slowly push up the life air from the navel to the heart, from there
to the chest and from there to the root of the palate. He should search out the proper places with intelligence.

tasmat–from there; bhruvoh–of the eyebrows; antaram–in between; unna yeta–should be brought in;
niruddha–by blocking; sapta–seven;ayatanah–outlets of the life air;
anapeksah–independent of all material enjoyment; sthitva–by keeping; muhurta–of a moment; ardham–half;
akuntha–back home, back to Godhead; drstih–one whose aim is targeted like that;
nirbhidya–punching; murdhan–the cerebral hole; visrjet–should give up his body;
param–the Supreme; gatah–having gone to.–2-2-21-

Thereafter the bhakti-yogi should push the life air up between the eyebrows, and then, blocking the seven
outlets of the life air, he should maintain his aim for going back home, back to Godhead. If he is
completely free from all desires for material enjoyment, he should then reach the cerebral hole and
give up his material connections, having gone to the Supreme

yadi–however; prayasyan–maintaining a desire; nrpa–O King;paramesthyam–the governing planet of the material world;
vaihayasanam–of the beings known as the Vaihayasas; uta–it is said; yat–what is;
viharam–place of enjoyment; asta-adhi patyam–lording it over with eight fold achievements;
guna-sannivaye–in the world of three modes of nature; saha–along with; eva–certainly;
gacchet–should go; manasa–accompanied by the mind; indri yaih–and the senses; ca–also.–2-2-22-

However, O King, if a yogi maintains a desire for improved material enjoyments, like transference
to the topmost planet, Brahmaloka, or the achievement of the eightfold perfections,
travel in outer space with the Vaihayasas, or a situation in one of the millions of planets,
then he has to take away with him the materially molded mind and senses

yoga-isvara nam–of the great saints and devotees; gatim–destination;ahuh–it is said; antah–within;
bahih–without; tri-lokyah–of the three planetary systems; pavana-antah–within the air; atmanam–of the subtle body;
na–never; karmabhih–by fruitive activities; tam–that; gatim–speed; apnuvanti–achieve; vidya–devotional service;
tapah–austerities; yoga–mystic power; samadhi–knowledge; bhajam–of those who entertain.–2-2-23-

The transcendentalists are concerned with the spiritual body. As such, by the strength of their
devotional service, austerities, mystic power and transcendental knowledge, their movements are unrestricted,
within and beyond the material worlds. The fruitive workers, or the gross materialists,
can never move in such an unrestricted manner

vaisvanaram–the controlling deity of fire; yati–goes; vihayasa–by the path in the sky (the Milky Way);
gatah–by passing over; susumnaya– by the Susumna; brahma–Brahmaloka; pathena–on the way to;
socisa–illuminating; vidhuta–being washed off; kalkah–dirt; atha–thereafter;hareh–of Lord Hari;
udastat–upwards; prayati–does reach; cakram–circle; nrpa–O King; saisumaram–named Sisumara.–2-2-24-

O King, when such a mystic passes over the Milky Way by the illuminating Susumna to reach the highest planet,
Brahmaloka, he goes first to Vaisvanara, the planet of the deity of fire, wherein he becomes
completely cleansed of all contaminations, and thereafter he still goes higher, to the circle of Sisumara,
to relate with Lord Hari, the Personality of Godhead

tat–that; visva-nabhim–navel of the universal Personality of Godhead; tu–but; ativartya–crossing over;
visnoh–of Lord Visnu, the Personality of Godhead; aniyasa–due to mystic perfection; virajena–by the purified;
atmana–by the living entity; ekah–alone; namas krtam–worshipable; brahma-vidam–by those who are transcendentally situated;
upaiti–reaches; kalpa-ayusah–a period of 4,300,000,000 solar years;
yat–the place; vibudhah–self-realized souls; ramante–do enjoy.–2-22-25-

This Sisumara is the pivot for the turning of the complete universe and it is called the navel of
Visnu [Garbhodakasayi Visnu]. The yogi alone goes beyond this circle of Sisumara and attains the planet
[Maharloka] where purified saints like Bhrgu enjoy a duration of life of 4,300,000,000 solar years.
This planet is worshipable even for the saints who are transcendentally situated.

atho–thereupon; anantasya–of Ananta, the resting incarnation of Godhead; mukha-analena–by the fire emanating from His mouth;
danda hyamanam–burning to ashes; sah–he; niriksya–by seeing this; visvam–the universe; niryati–goes out;
siddhesvara-yusta-dhisnyam– airplanes used by the great purified souls; yat–the place;
dvaiparardhyam–15,480,000,000,000 solar years; tat–that; u–the exalted;paramesthyam–Satyaloka, where Brahma resides.–2-2-26-

At the time of the final devastation of the complete universe [the end of the duration of Brahma’s life],
a flame of fire emanates from the mouth of Ananta [from the bottom of the universe]. The yogi sees all the
planets of the universe burning to ashes, and thus he leaves for Satya loka by airplanes used by the great purified souls.
The duration of life in Satyaloka is calculated to be 15,480,000,000,000 years

na–never; yatra–there are; sokah–bereavement; na–nor; jara–old age; na–nor; mrtyuh–death; na–nor;
artih–pains; na–nor; ca–also;ud vegah–anxieties; rte–save and except; kutascit–sometimes; yat–because of;
cit–consciousness; tatah–therefore; adah–compassion;kr paya–out of heartfelt sympathy;
an-idam-vidam–of those who are ignorant of the process of devotional service; duranta–unsurpassable;
duhkha–misery; prabhava–repeated birth and death; anu darsanat–by successive experience.–2-2-27-

In that planet of Satyaloka, there is neither bereavement, nor old age nor death. There is no pain of
any kind, and therefore there are no anxieties, save that sometimes, due to consciousness, there is a feeling
of compassion for those unaware of the process of devotional service, who
are subjected to unsurpassable miseries in the material world.

tatah–thereafter; visesam–particularly; pratipadya–by obtaining;nirbhayah–without any doubt; tena–by that;
atmana–pure self; apah–water; anala–fire; murtih–forms; atvaran–by surpassing; jyotih-mayah–effulgent;
vayum–atmosphere; upetya–having reached there; kale–in due course of time; vayu–air; atmana–by the self;
kham–ethereal; brhat–great; atma-lingam–the real form of the self.–2-2-28-

After reaching Satyaloka, the devotee is specifically able to be incorporated fearlessly by the subtle body
in an identity similar to that of the gross body, and one after another he gradually attains stages of
existence from earthly to watery, fiery, glowing and airy, until he reaches the ethereal stage.

ghranena–by smelling; gandham–aroma; rasanena–by taste; vai–exactly; rasam–palate; rupam–forms;
ca–also; drstya–by vision;sva sanam–contact; tvaca–touch; eva–as it were; srotrena–by vibration of the ear;
ca–also; upetya–by achieving; nabhah-gunatvam–identification of ether; pranena–by sense organs; ca–also;
akutim–material activities; upaiti–attains; yogi–the devotee.-2-2-29-

The devotee thus surpasses the subtle objects of different senses like aroma by smelling, the palate by tasting,
vision by seeing forms, touch by contacting, the vibrations of the ear by ethereal identification, and
the sense organs by material activities

sah–he (the devotee); bhuta–the gross; suksma–and the subtle; indriya–senses; sannikarsam–the point of neutralization;
manah-mayam–the mental plane; deva-mayam–in the mode of goodness; vikaryam–egoism;
samsadya–surpassing; gatya–by the progress; saha–along with; tena–them; yati–goes; vijnana–perfect knowledge;
tattvam–truth; guna–the material modes; sanni rodham–completely suspended.–2-2-30-

The devotee, thus surpassing the gross and the subtle forms of coverings, enters the plane of egoism.
And in that status he merges the material modes of nature [ignorance and passion] in this point of
neutralization and thus reaches egoism in goodness. After this, all egoism is merged in the mahat-tattva,
and he comes to the point of pure self-realization

tena–by that purified; atmana–by the self; atmanam–the Supersoul;upai ti–attains; santam–rest;
anandam–satisfaction; ananda-mayah–naturally so being; avasane–being freed from all material contamination;
etam–such; gatim–destination; bhagava tim–devotional; gatah–attained by; yah–the person; sah–he;
vai–certainly; punah–again; na–never;iha–in this material world; visajjate–becomes attracted;
anga–O Maharaja Pariksit.–2-2-31-

Only the purified soul can attain the perfection of associating with the Personality of Godhead
in complete bliss and satisfaction in his constitutional state. Whoever is able to renovate such devotional
perfection is never again attracted by this material world, and he never returns

ete–all that is described; srti–way; te–unto you; nrpa–O Maharaja Pariksit;
veda-gite–according to the version of the Vedas; tvaya–by Your Majesty; abhi prste–being properly inquired;
ca–also; sana tane–in the matter of eternal truth; ca–verily; ye–which; vai–certainly; pura–before;
brahmane–unto Lord Brahma; aha–said; tus tah–being satisfied; aradhi tah–being worshiped;
bhagavan–the personality of Godhead; vasu devah–Lord Krsna.–2-2-32-

Your Majesty Maharaja Pariksit, know that all that I have described in reply to your proper inquiry
is just according to the version of the Vedas, and it is eternal truth. This was described personally by Lord
Krsna unto Brahma, with whom the Lord was satisfied upon being properly worshiped

na–never; hi–certainly; atah–beyond this; anyah–any other; sivah– auspicious; panthah–means;
visatah–wandering; samsrtau–in the material world; iha–in this life; vasudeve–unto Lord Vasudeva,
Krsna; bhagavati–the Personality of Godhead; bhakti-yogah–direct devotional service;
yatah–wherein; bhavet–may result in.–2-2-33-

For those who are wandering in the material universe, there is no more auspicious means of deliverance
than what is aimed at in the direct devotional service of Lord Krsna

bhagavan–the great personality Brahma; brahma–the Vedas; kartsnyena–by summarization; trih–three times;
anviksya–scrutinizingly examined;manisaya–with scholarly attention; tat–that; adhyavasyat–ascertained it;
kuta-sthah–with concentration of the mind; ratih–attraction;
atman (atmani)–unto the Supreme personality of Godhead Sri Krsna; yatah–by which; bhavet–it so happens.–2-2-34-

The great personality Brahma, with great attention and concentration of the mind, studied the Vedas three times,
and after scrutinizingly examining them, he ascertained that attraction for the Supreme Personality of Godhead
Sri Krsna is the highest perfection of religion

bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; sarva–all; bhutesu–in the living entities; laksitah–is visible;
sva-atmana–along with the self; harih–the Lord; drsyaih–by what is seen; buddhi-adibhih–by intelligence;
drasta–one who sees; laksanaih–by different signs; anu mapakaih–by hypothesis.–2-2-35-

The Personality of Godhead Lord Sri Krsna is in every living being along with the individual soul.
And this fact is perceived and hypothesized in our acts of seeing and taking help from the intelligence.

tasmat–therefore; sarva–all; atmana–soul; rajan–O King; harih–the Lord; sarvatra–everywhere; sarvada–always;
sro tavyah–must be heard; kirti tavyah–glorified; ca–also; smarta vyah–be remembered;
bhagavan– the Personality of Godhead; nrnam–by the human being.–2-2-36-

O King, it is therefore essential that every human being hear about, glorify and remember the Supreme Lord,
the Personality of Godhead, always and everywhere

pibanti–who drink; ye–those; bhagavatah–of the Personality of Godhead; atmanah–of the most dear;
satam–of devotees; katha-amrtam–the nectar of the messages; sravana-putesu–within the earholes;
sambhrtam– fully filled; punanti–purify; te–their; visaya–material enjoyment;
vidusita-asayam–polluted aim of life; vrajanti–do go back; tat–the Lord’s; carana–feet;
saroruha-antikam–near the lotus.–2-2-37-

Those who drink through aural reception, fully filled with the nectarean message of Lord Krsna,
the beloved of the devotees, purify the polluted aim of life known as material enjoyment and thus go back to
Godhead, to the lotus feet of Him [the Personality of Godhead].

——————-

ஸ்ரீ சுகர் கூறினார்.

கேசித் ஸ்வ தேஹாந்தர் ஹ்ருத்யாவகாசே ப்ராதேச மாத்ரம் புருஷம் வஸந்தம்
சதுர் புஜம் கஞ்சரதாங்க சங்கம் கதா தரம் தாரணயா ஸ்மரந்தி.

சிலர் தம் தேகத்தினுள் ஹ்ருதயாகாசத்தில் வசிப்பவரை ஒரு சாண் அளவே உள்ளவராய் நான்கு புஜங்களுடன்,
தாமரை, சக்கரம், சங்கு கதை இவற்றோடு கூடிய புருஷனாக தியானம் செய்கிறார்கள்.
ஸ்ரீ பரீட்சித்துக்கு உத்தரையின் கர்பத்தில் காட்சி அளித்த அதே உருவம்,
ஸ்ரீ தேவகிக்கும் ஸ்ரீ வசுதேவருக்கும் பிறந்த அந்த க்ஷணத்தில் காட்சி அளித்த உருவம்.

புன்னகையுடன் கூடிய தாமரைக்கண்கள், மஞ்சள் பட்டாடை, ஆபரணங்கள் கிரீடகுண்டலங்கள் ,
யோகிகளின் ஹ்ருதயத்தாமரையாகிய ஆலயத்தில் ஸ்தாபிக்கப்பட்ட துளிர் போன்ற மிருதுவான பாதங்கள்,
ஸ்ரீவத்சம் , ஸ்ரீ கௌஸ்துபம், ஸ்ரீ வனமாலை இவற்றோடு பொன்னாலும் மணியாலும் ஆன ஆபரணங்கள் அணிந்து
கருத்து சுருண்ட மயிரிடை விளங்கும் அளவு கடந்த கருணயுடன் கூடிய சுந்தர முகம்.

இப் பேர்ப்பட்ட வடிவை மனக்கண்ணால் பார்த்துக்கொண்டே இருக்க வேண்டும்.
பிறகு பாதத்தில் இருந்து தொடங்கி ஒவ்வொரு அவயவத்தையும் தியானிக்க வேண்டும்.

யாவன்ன ஜாயேத பராவரே அஸ்மின் விச்வேச்வரே த்ரஷ்டரி பக்தியோக:
தாவத் ஸ்தவீய: புருஷஸ்ய ரூபம் கியாவஸானே பிரயத: ஸ்மரேத

உயர்ந்ததும் தாழ்ந்ததும் ( ஸகுணமும் நிர்குணமும்) அனைத்துலகும் அவரேயாகவும் ( பார்க்கபடுவது) அனைத்தையும்
பார்ப்பவராகவும் உள்ள இவரிடத்தில் பக்தியோகம் எதுவரை உண்டாகவில்லையோ அதுவரை இந்த ஸ்தூல ரூபத்தை
ஒழிவு நேரமெல்லாம் விடா முயற்சியுடன் சிந்திக்க வேண்டும்.
ஒழிவு நேரம் என்பது நித்ய நைமித்திக கர்மங்களை முடித்த பின்னர் என்று அர்த்தம்.
உலக வ்யவஹாரங்களில் ஈடுபட்டு பகவானை நினைக்கவே நேரமில்லை என்போர்க்கு சொன்னது அன்று.

ஸ்ரீ சுகர் பிறகு இருவகையான யோக மார்க்கங்களைப் பற்றி கூறுகிறார்.

1. விதேஹ முக்தி
தேசகால உணர்வை விட்டு மனம் புத்தியில் லயித்து புத்தி அஹம்காரத்தில் (நான் என்ற உணர்வு) லயிக்கிறது.
தனி மனித அஹம்காரம் சமஷ்டி அஹம்காரத்தில் ஒடுங்குகிறது., நான் என்ற உணர்வு போய் அவன் என்ற உணர்வு).
அந்த நொடியில் உயிரை விடும் யோகியானவன் ஸ்ரீ விஷ்ணுவின் பரம பதத்தை அடைகிறான்.
இது குண்டலினி யோகத்தின் மூலம் ஆறு சக்ரங்களான மூலாதாரம், மணிபூரகம், அனாஹதம், விசுத்தி,
ஆக்ஞா, சஹஸ்ராரம் இவைகள் மூலம் அடையும் முக்தி.

2. க்ரம முக்தி
யோகியானவன் மனம், இந்த்ரியங்கள் இவைகளுடன் வெளிக் கிளம்பி அக்னி லோகத்தை அடைகிறான்.
இங்கு ஆசைகள் பஸ்மமாகி சிம்சுமாரம் எனக் கூறபப்டும் ஹரியின் சக்ர லோகத்தை அடைகிறான்.
இங்கு சூக்ஷ்ம உருவை அடைந்து மஹர் லோகத்தை அடைகிறான். அங்கு பிரம்ம உபாசகர்களுடன் சேர்கிறான்.

நைமித்திக பிரளயம் வரும்போது ஸ்ரீ ஆதிசேஷனின் தீ நாக்குகள் மஹர்லோகம் வரை அழிக்க யோகியானவன்
தபோ லோகத்தை அடைந்து அதன் பின் ப்ரஹ்ம ஞானிகள் உள்ள ப்ரஹ்ம லோகத்தை அடைகிறான்.
இரண்டு பரார்தங்களின் முடிவில் பிரம்மாவுடன் கூட ப்ரஹ்மனிடம் ஐக்யமாகி முக்தியை அடைகிறான்.

முடிவில் ஸ்ரீ சுகர் கூறியது என்னவென்றால் ஸ்ரீ வாசுதேவரிடம் பக்தி உண்டாகுமே யானால் அதைவிட சிறந்த மார்க்கம் வேறு இல்லை.
ஆகையால் பகவான் ஸ்ரீ ஹரியே எல்லா சமயங்களிலும் ஸ்ரவணம் கீர்த்தனம் தியானம் இவைகளுக்கு உரியவர்.

இது ஸ்ரீ பரீக்ஷித்தின் கேள்வியான கேட்ட ‘ ஸ்ரோத்வ்யாதிஷு ய: பர:,’
கேட்கப்பட வேண்டியவைகளில் மிகவும் முக்கியமானது என்ன,’ என்பதற்கு பதிலாக அமைந்துள்ளது.
ஸ்ரோதவ்யாதிஷு , கேட்கப்பட வேண்டியவைகள் முதலியவை என்பதில்
ஸ்ரவணம் , கீர்த்தனம், ஸ்மரணம் என்பவை அடக்கம்.

சுகர் எந்தெந்த பலனுக்காக எந்தெந்த தெய்வ ரூபத்தை உபாசிக்கவேண்டும் என்று கூறி பலனை விரும்பாவிட்டாலும்
விரும்பினாலும் அல்லது மோக்ஷத்தையே விரும்பினாலும் உபாசிக்க வேண்டியது ஹரியையே என்று கூறுகிறார்.

அவர் கூறியதாவது,
வேத அறிவு பெற பிரம்மாவையும், இந்த்ரிய சுகம் பெற இந்திரனையும், பிள்ளைப் பேற்றுக்காக பிரஜாபதியையும்,
செல்வம் பெற ஸ்ரீதேவியையும், ஒளி பெற அக்னியையும், வலிமை பெற பதினொன்று ருத்ரர்களையும், ,
உணவுக்கு அதிதியையும், சுவர்க்கம் செல்ல பன்னிரண்டு ஆதித்யர்களையும், ராஜ்யத்திற்காக விச்வ தேவர்களையும்,
பிரபலம் அடைய ஸாத்யர்களையும், தீர்காயுள் பெற அஸ்வினி தேவர்களையும், தேக பலம் பெற பூதேவியையும்,
அழகான உருவம் பெற கந்தர்வர்களையும், பெண் சுகத்திற்கு ஊர்வசியையும், சர்வாதிகாரம் பெற பிரம்மாவையும்,
வணங்க வேண்டும் என்று இவ்வாறு எல்லாவற்றையும் கூறிக் கடைசியில், கூறுகிறார்.

அகாம: ஸர்வகாமோ வா மோக்ஷகாம உதாரதீ:
தீவ்ரேண பக்தியோகேன யஜேத புருஷம் பரம்.

சிறந்த புத்தியுடையவன் (உதார தீ:) எதையும் விரும்பாதவன் ஆயினும்
(அகாம: எல்லாவற்றையும் விரும்புவனாயினும் ( ஸர்வகாம:) அல்லது மோக்ஷ காம: , முக்தியையே விரும்பினாலும்
தீவிரமான பக்தியோகத்தால் பரமபுருஷனாகிய ஹரியையே பூஜிக்க வேண்டும். பக்தி பாகவதர்களின் சேர்க்கையால் வருகிறது.

( எல்லா தேவர்களுடைய சக்தியும் அவனிடம் இருந்தே வந்தபடியால் அவனைபூஜித்தால் எல்லாமே கிடைத்து
முடிவில் முக்தியும் கிடைத்து விடும். ராஜாவிடம் கேட்காமல் அவனுடைய அதிகாரிகளிடம் கேட்பானேன்.)

சௌனகர் கூறினார்.

பகவானின் நினைக்காத வாழ்க்கை வீண். மரம் செடிகொடிகளும், மிருகங்களும் கூட வாழ்கின்றன.
வெறும் வாழ்க்கையால் ஆவதென்ன? மனிதனின் ஆயுள் சூரியன் உதயம் ஆகும்போதும் அஸ்தமனம் ஆகும்போதும்
தினமும் குறைந்துகொண்டே வருகிறது. பகவானின் நாமம் கேளாத செவியால் பயன் என்ன.
அவன் நாமத்தைக் கூறாத நாவு தவளையுடையதைப் போன்றது. அவன் உருவத்தைக் காணாத கண்
மயில் தோகையில் உள்ள கண் போல. அவனை நினைந்து உருகாத நெஞ்சம் கல்

———————————————————-

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -ஸ்கந்தம்-2- அண்ட ஸ்ருஷ்ட்டி விவரணம் — 1st அத்யாயம்-ஸ்ரீ ப்ரஹ்ம ஞானத்துக்கு முதல் அடி–

August 21, 2020

sri-sukah uvaca–Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;
variyan–glorious; esah–this; te–your; prasnah–question; krtah–made by you; loka-hitam– beneficial for all men;
nrpa–O King; atmavit–transcendentalist; sammatah–approved; pumsam–of all men;
srotavya-adisu–in all kinds of hearing; yah–what is; parah–the supreme.–2-1-1-

Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said: My dear King, your question is glorious because it is very beneficial to
all kinds of people. The answer to this question is the prime subject matter for hearing,
and it is approved by

srotavya-adini–subject matters for hearing; rajendra–O Emperor; nrnam–of human society; santi–there are;
sahasrasah–hundreds and thousands; apasyatam–of the blind; atma-tattvam–knowledge of self, the ultimate truth;
grhesu–at home; grha-medhinam–of persons too materially engrossed.–2-1-2-

Those persons who are materially engrossed, being blind to the knowledge of ultimate truth,
have many subject matters for hearing in

nidraya–by sleeping; hriyate–wastes; naktam–night; vyavayena–sex indulgence; ca–also; va–either;
vayah–duration of life; diva–days;ca–and; artha–economic; ihaya–development; rajan–O King;
kutumba– family members; bharanena–maintaining; va–either.–2-1-3-

The lifetime of such an envious householder is passed at night either in sleeping or in sex indulgence,
and in the daytime either in making

deha–body; apatya–children; kalatra–wife; adisu–and in everything in relation to them; atma–own;
sainyesu–fighting soldiers; asatsu– fallible; api–in spite of; tesam–of all of them; pramattah–too attached;
nidhanam–destruction; pasyan–having been experienced; api–although; na–does not; pasyati–see it.–2-1-4-

Persons devoid of atma-tattva do not inquire into the problems of life, being too attached to the fallible
soldiers like the body, children and wife. Although sufficiently experienced, they still do not see their

tasmat–for this reason; bharata–O descendant of Bharata; sarvatma– the Supersoul;
bhagavan–the Supreme Personality of Godhead; isvarah–the controller; harih–the Lord, who vanquishes all miseries;
srota vyah–is to be heard; kirtita vyah–to be glorified; ca–also; smarta vyah–to be remembered; ca–and;
icchata–of one who desires; abhayam–freedom.–2-1-5-

O descendant of King Bharata, one who desires to be free from all miseries must hear about, glorify and
also remember the Personality of Godhead, who is the Supersoul, the controller and the savior from all

eta van–all these; sankhya–complete knowledge of matter and spirit;yogabhyam–knowledge of mystic power;
sva-dharma–particular occupational duty; parinisthaya–by full perception; janma–birth; la bhah–gain;
parah–the supreme; pumsam–of a person; ante–at the end; narayana–the Personality of Godhead; smr tih–remembrance.–2-1-6-

The highest perfection of human life, achieved either by complete knowledge of matter and spirit,
by practice of mystic powers, or by perfect discharge of occupational duty, is to remember the Personality of

prayena–mainly; munayah–all sages; rajan–O King; nivrttah–above; vidhi–regulative principles;
sedhatah–from restrictions; nairgunyasthah– transcendentally situated; ramante–take pleasure in;
sma–distinctly; guna-anukathane–describing the glories; hareh–of the Lord.–2-1-7-

O King Pariksit, mainly the topmost transcendentalists, who are above
the regulative principles and restrictions, take pleasure in describing

idam–this; bhagavatam–Srimad-Bhagavatam; nama–of the name; puranam–Vedic supplement;
brahma-sammitam–approved as the essence of the Vedas;adhitavan–studied; dvapara-adau–at the end of the Dvapara-yuga;
pituh–from my father; dvaipayanat–Dvaipayana Vyasadeva; aham–myself.–2-1-8-

At the end of the Dvapara-yuga, I studied this great supplement of
Vedic literature named Srimad-Bhagavatam, which is equal to all the

parinisthitah–fully realized; api–in spite of; nairgunye–in transcendence; uttama–enlightened;
sloka–verse; lilaya–by the pastimes; grhita–being attracted; cetah–attention; rajarse–O saintly King;
akhyanam–delineation; yat–that; adhitavan–I have studied.–2-1-9-

O saintly King, I was certainly situated perfectly in transcendence,
yet I was still attracted by the delineation of the pastimes of the Lord,

tat–that; aham–I; te–unto you; abhidhasyami–shall recite; mahapaurusikah– the most sincere devotee of Lord Krsna;
bhavan–your good self; yasya–of which; sraddadhatam–of one who gives full respect and attention; asu–very soon;
syat–it so becomes; mukunde–unto the Lord,who awards salvation; matih–faith; sati–unflinching.–2-1-10-

That very Srimad-Bhagavatam I shall recite before you because you are the most sincere devotee of Lord Krsna.
One who gives full attention and respect to hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam achieves unflinching faith in the

etat–it is; nirvidyamananam–of those who are completely free from all material desires;
icchatam–of those who are desirous of all sorts of material enjoyment; akutah-bhayam–free from all doubts and fear;
yoginam–of all who are self-satisfied; nrpa–O King; nirnitam–decided truth; hareh–of the Lord, Sri Krsna;
nama–holy name; anu–after someone, always; kirtanam–chanting.–2-1-11-

O King, constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord after the ways of the great authorities is the
doubtless and fearless way of success for all, including those who are free from all material desires,
those who are desirous of all material enjoyment, and also those who are self satisfied

kim–what is; pramattasya–of the bewildered; bahubhih–by many; paroksaih–inexperienced; hayanaih–years;
iha–in this world; varam–better; muhurtam–a moment; viditam–conscious; ghatate–one can try for;
sreyase–in the matter of the supreme interest; yatah–by that.–2-1-12-

What is the value of a prolonged life which is wasted, inexperienced by years in this world?
Better a moment of full consciousness, because

khatvangah–King Khatvanga; nama–name; raja-rsih–saintly king; jnatva–by knowing; iyattam–duration;
iha–in this world; ayusah–of one’s life; muhurtat–within only a moment; sarvam–everything;
utsrjya– leaving aside; gatavan–had undergone; abhayam–fully safe; harim–the Personality of Godhead–2-1-13-

The saintly King Khatvanga, after being informed that the duration of his life would be only a moment more,
at once freed himself from all material activities and took shelter of the supreme safety, the

tava–your; api–also; etarhi–therefore; kauravya–O one born in the family of Kuru; saptaham–seven days;
jivita–duration of life; avadhih– up to the limit of; upakalpaya–get them performed; tat–those;
sarvam–all; tavat–so long; yat–which are; samparayikam–rituals for the next life.–2-1-14-

Maharaja Pariksit, now your duration of life is limited to seven more days, so during this time
you can perform all those rituals which are

anta-kale–at the last stage of life; tu–but; purusah–a person; agate–having arrived;
gata-sadhvasah–without any fear of death; chindyat–must cut off; asanga–non attachment;
sastrena–by the weapon of; sprham–all desires; dehe–in the matter of the material tabernacle;
anu–pertaining; ye–all that; ca–also; tam–them.–2-1-15-

At the last stage of one’s life, one should be bold enough not to be afraid of death.
But one must cut off all attachment to the material body and everything pertaining to it and all desires thereof

grhat–from one’s home; pravrajitah–having gone out; dhirah–self controlled; punya–pious; tirtha–sacred place;
jala-aplutah–fully washed; sucau–cleansed; vivikte–solitary; asinah–seated; vidhivat– according to regulations;
kalpita–having done; asane–on a sitting place.–2-1-16-

One should leave home and practice self-control. In a sacred place he
should bathe regularly and sit down in a lonely place duly sanctified.

abhyaset–one should practice; manasa–by the mind; suddham–sacred; tri-vrt–composed of the three;
brahma-aksaram–transcendental letters;param–the supreme; manah–mind; yacchet–get under control;
jita-svasah–by regulating the breathing air; brahma–absolute; bijam–seed;
avismaran–without being forgotten.–2-1-17-

After sitting in the above manner, make the mind remember the three transcendental letters [a-u-m],
and by regulating the breathing process, control the mind so as not to forget the transcendental seed

niyacchet–withdraw; visayebhyah–from sense engagements; aksan–the senses; manasa–by dint of the mind;
buddhi–intelligence; sarathih– driver; manah–the mind; karmabhih–by the fruitive work; aksiptam–being absorbed in;
subha-arthe–for the sake of the Lord; dharayet–hold up; dhiya–in full consciousness.–2-1-18-

Gradually, as the mind becomes progressively spiritualized, withdraw it from sense activities,
and by intelligence the senses will be controlled. The mind too absorbed in material activities
can be engaged in the service of the Personality of Godhead and
become fixed in full transcendental consciousness

tatra–thereafter; eka–one by one; avayavam–limbs of the body;dhyayet–should be concentrated upon;
avyucchinnena–without being deviated from the complete form; cetasa–by the mind; manah–mind;
nirvisayam–without being contaminated by sense objects; yuktva–being dovetailed; tatah–after that;
kincana–anything; na–do not; smaret–think of; padam–personality; tat–that; paramam–Supreme;
visnoh–of Visnu; manah–the mind; yatra–whereupon; prasidati–becomes reconciled–2-1-19-

Thereafter, you should meditate upon the limbs of Visnu, one after another, without being deviated
from the conception of the complete body.
Thus the mind becomes free from all sense objects. There should be no other thing to be thought upon.
Because the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Visnu, is the Ultimate Truth,
the mind becomes completely reconciled in Him only.

rajah–the passionate mode of nature; tamobhyam–as well as by the ignorant mode of material nature;
aksiptam–agitated; vimudham–bewildered; manah–the mind; atmanah–of one’s own; yacchet–get it rectified;
dharanaya–by conception (of Visnu); dhirah–the pacified;hanti–destroys; ya–all those;
tat-krtam–done by them; malam–dirty things.–2-1-20-

One’s mind is always agitated by the passionate mode of material nature and bewildered by the
ignorant mode of nature. But one can rectify such conceptions by the relation of Visnu and thus
become pacified by cleansing the dirty things created by them

yasyam–by such systematic remembrance; sandharyamanayam–and thus being fixed in the habit of;
yoginah–the mystics; bhakti-laksanah–being practiced to the devotional system; asu–very soon;
sampadyate–attains success; yogah–connection by devotional service; asrayam–under the shelter of;
bhadram–the all-good; iksatah–which seeing that.–2-1-21-

O King, by this system of remembrance and by being fixed in the habit of seeing the all-good personal
conception of the Lord, one can very soon attain devotional service to the Lord, under His direct shelter.

raja uvaca–the fortunate King said; yatha–as it is; sandharyate–the conception is made; brahman–O brahmana;
dharana–conception; yatra–where and how; sammata–in a summary; yadrsi–the way by which; va–or;
haret–extricated; asu–without delay; purusasya–of a person; manah–of the mind; malam–dirty things.–2-1-22-

The fortunate King Pariksit, inquiring further, said: O brahmana, please describe in full detail
how and where the mind has to be applied and how the conception can be fixed so that
the dirty things in a person’s mind can be removed

sri-sukah uvaca–Sukadeva Gosvami said; jita-asanah–controlled sitting posture;
jita-svasah–controlled breathing process; jita-sangah– controlled association; jita-indriyah–controlled senses;
sthule–in the gross matter; bhagavatah–unto the Personality of Godhead; rupe–in the feature of;
manah–the mind; sandharayet–must apply; dhiya–by intelligence.–2-1-23-

Sukadeva Gosvami answered: One should control the sitting posture, regulate the breathing process
by the yogic pranayama and thus control the mind and senses and with intelligence
apply the mind to the gross potencies of the Lord [called the virat-rupa]

visesah–personal; tasya–His; dehah–body; ayam–this; sthavisthah– grossly material; ca–and;
sthaviyasam–of all matter; yatra–wherein;idam–all these phenomena; vyajyate–is experienced;
visvam–universe; bhutam–past; bhavyam–future; bhavat–present; ca–and; sat–resultant.–2-1-24-

This gigantic manifestation of the phenomenal material world as a whole is the personal body
of the Absolute Truth, wherein the universal resultant past, present and future of
material time is experienced.

anda-kose–within the universal shell; sarire–in the body of; asmin– this; sapta–sevenfold;
avarana–coverings; samyute–having so done;vairajah–the gigantic universal; purusah–form of the Lord;
yah–that;asau–He; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; dharana–conception; asrayah–object of.–2-1-25-

The gigantic universal form of the Personality of Godhead, within the body of the universal shell,
which is covered by sevenfold material elements, is the subject for the virat conception

patalam–the planets at the bottom of the universe; etasya–of His;hi–exactly; pada-mulam–soles of the feet;
pathanti–they study it; parsni–the heels; prapade–the toes; rasatalam–the planets named Rasatala;
mahatalam–the planets named Mahatala; visva-srjah–of the creator of the universe; atha–thus; gulphau–the ankles;
talatalam–the planets named Talatala; vai–as they are; purusasya–of the gigantic person; janghe–the shanks.–2-1-26-

Persons who have realized it have studied that the planets known as Patala constitute the bottoms
of the feet of the universal Lord, and the heels and the toes are the Rasatala planets.
The ankles are the Mahatala planets, and His shanks constitute the Talatala planets.

dve–two; januni–two knees; sutalam–the planetary system named Sutala; visva-murteh–of the universal form;
uru-dvayam–the two thighs;vitalam–the planetary system named Vitala; ca–also; atalam–the planets named Atala;
ca–and; mahitalam–the planetary system named Mahitala;tat–of that; jaghanam–the hips; mahipate–O King;
nabhastalam–outer space; nabhi-sarah–the depression of the navel; grnanti–they take it so.–2-1-27-

The knees of the universal form are the planetary system of the name Sutala, and the two thighs are
the Vitala and Atala planetary systems.The hips are Mahitala, and outer space is the depression of His navel.

urah–high; sthalam–place (the chest); jyotih-anikam–the luminary planets; asya–of Him; griva–the neck;
mahah–the planetary system above the luminaries; vadanam–mouth; vai–exactly; janah–the planetary system above Mahar;
asya–of Him; tapah–the planetary system above the Janas;varatim–forehead; viduh–is known; adi–the original;
pumsah–personality; satyam–the topmost planetary system; tu–but; sirsani–the head;
sahasra–one thousand; sirsnah–one with heads.–2-1-28-

The chest of the Original Personality of the gigantic form is the luminary planetary system,
His neck is the Mahar planets, His mouth is the Janas planets, and His forehead is the Tapas planetary system.
The top most planetary system, known as Satyaloka, is the head of He who has one thousand heads

ndra-adayah–demigods headed by the heavenly king, Indra; bahavah– arms; ahuh–are called; usrah–the demigods;
karnau–the ears; disah–the four directions; srotram–the sense of hearing; amusya–of the Lord;
sabdah–sound; nasatya-dasrau–the demigods known as the Asvini-kumaras;
paramasya–of the Supreme; nase–nostrils; ghranah–the sense of smell;
asya–of Him; gandhah–fragrance; mukham–the mouth; agnih–fire; iddhah–blazing.–2-1-29-

His arms are the demigods headed by Indra, the ten directional sides are His ears, and physical sound
is His sense of hearing. His nostrils are the two Asvini-kumaras, and material fragrance is His sense of smell.
His mouth is the blazing fire

dyauh–the sphere of outer space; aksini–the eyeballs; caksuh–of eyes (senses); abhut–it so became;
patangah–the sun; paksmani–eyelids;visnoh–of the personality of Godhead, Sri Visnu; ahani–day and night;
ubhe–both; ca–and; tat–His; bhru–eyebrows; vijrmbhah–movements;paramesthi–the supreme entity (Brahma);
dhisnyam–post; apah–Varuna,the director of water; asya–His; talu–palate;
rasah–juice; eva–certainly; jihva–the tongue.–2-1-30-

The sphere of outer space constitutes His eye pits, and the eyeball is the sun as the power of seeing.
His eyelids are both the day and night, and in the movements of His eyebrows, the Brahma and similar supreme
personalities reside. His palate is the director of water, Varuna, and
the juice or essence of everything is His tongue.

chandamsi–the Vedic hymns; anantasya–of the Supreme; sirah–the cerebral passage; grnanti–they say;
damstrah–the jaws of teeth; yamah–Yamaraja, the director of sinners; sneha-kalah–the art of affection;
dvijani–the set of teeth; hasah–smile; jana-unmada-kari–the most alluring; ca–also; maya–illusory energy;
duranta–unsurpassable;sargah–the material creation; yat-apanga–whose glance; moksah–casting over.–2-1-31-

They say that the Vedic hymns are the cerebral passage of the Lord, and His jaws of teeth are Yama,
god of death, who punishes the sinners.
The art of affection is His set of teeth, and the most alluring illusory material energy is His smile.
This great ocean of material creation is but the casting of His glance over us.

vrida–modesty; uttara–upper; osthah–lip; adharah–chin; eva– certainly; lobhah–hankering;
dharmah–religion; stanah–breast; adharma–irreligion; pathah–way; asya–His; prstham–back;
kah–Brahma; tasya–His; medhram–genitals; vrsanau–testicles; ca–also; mitrau–the Mitravarunas;
kuksih–waist; samudrah–the oceans; girayah–the hills; asthi–bones; sanghah–stack.–2-1-32-

Modesty is the upper portion of His lips, hankering is His chin,religion is the breast of the Lord,
and irreligion is His back. Brahmaji,who generates all living beings in the material world, is His genitals,
and the Mitra-varunas are His two testicles. The ocean is His waist, and
the hills and mountains are the stacks of His bones

nadyah–the rivers; asya–of Him; nadyah–veins; atha–and thereafter; tanu-ruhani–hairs on the body;
mahi-ruhah–the plants and trees; visvatanoh–of the universal form; nrpa-indra–O King;
ananta-viryah–of the omnipotent; svasitam–breathing; matarisva–air; gatih–movement;
vayah–passing ages; karma–activity; guna-pravahah–reactions of the modes of nature.–2-1-33-

O King, the rivers are the veins of the gigantic body, the trees are the hairs of His body,
and the omnipotent air is His breath. The passing ages are His movements, and His activities
are the reactions of the three modes of material nature.

isasya–of the supreme controller; kesan–hairs on the head; viduh–you may know it from me;
ambu-vahan–the clouds which carry water; vasah tu–the dress; sandhyam–termination of day and night;
kuru-varya–O best of the Kurus; bhumnah–of the Almighty; avyaktam–the prime cause of material creation;
ahuh–it is said; hrdayam–intelligence; manah ca–and the mind; sah–He; candramah–the moon;
sarva-vikara-kosah–the reservoir of all changes.–2-1-34-

O best amongst the Kurus, the clouds which carry water are the hairs on His head,
the terminations of days or nights are His dress, and the supreme cause of material creation
is His intelligence. His mind is the moon, the reservoir of all changes.

vijnana-saktim–consciousness; mahim–the principle of matter; amananti–they call it so;
sarva-atmanah–of the omnipresent; antah karanam–ego; giritram–Rudra (Siva); asva–horse; asvatari–mule;
ustra–camel; gajah–elephant; nakhani–nails; sarve–all other; mrgah–stags;
pasavah–quadrupeds; sroni-dese–on the region of the belt.-2-1-35-

The principle of matter [mahat-tattva] is the consciousness of the omni present Lord, as asserted by the experts,
and Rudra deva is His ego.
The horse, mule, camel and elephant are His nails, and wild animals and
all quadrupeds are situated in the belt zone of the Lord.

vayamsi–varieties of birds; tat-vyakaranam–vocables; vicitram– artistic; manuh–the father of mankind;
manisa–thoughts; manujah–mankind (the sons of Manu); nivasah–residence;
gandharva–the human beings named Gandharvas; vidyadhara–the Vidyadharas; carana–the Caranas;
apsarah–the angels; svara–musical rhythm; smrtih–remembrance;
asura-anika–the demoniac soldiers; viryah–prowess.–2-1-36-

Varieties of birds are indications of His masterful artistic sense.
Manu, the father of mankind, is the emblem of His standard intelligence, and humanity is His residence.
The celestial species of human beings,like the Gandharvas, Vidyadharas, Caranas and angels,
all represent His musical rhythm, and the demoniac soldiers are representations of His wonderful prowess.

brahma–the brahmanas; ananam–the face; ksatra–the ksatriyas; bhujah–the arms; mahatma–the virat-purusa;
vit–the vaisyas; uruh–the thighs; anghri-srita–under the protection of His feet; krsna-varnah–the sudras;
nana–various; abhidha–by names; abhijya-gana–the demigods; upapannah–being overtaken;
dravya-atmakah–with feasible goods; karma–activities; vitana-yogah–performances of sacrifice.–2-1-37-

The virat-purusa’s face is the brahmanas, His arms are the ksatriyas,His thighs are the vaisyas,
and the sudras are under the protection of His feet. All the worshipable demigods are also overtaken by Him,
and it is the duty of everyone to perform sacrifices with feasible goods to appease the Lord

iyan–all these; asau–that; isvara–Supreme Lord; vigrahasya–of the form; yah–whatsoever;
sannivesah–as they are located; kathitah–explained; maya–by me; te–unto you;
sandharyate–one may concentrate;asmin–in this; vapusi–form of virat; sthavisthe–in the gross;
manah–mind; sva-buddhya–by one’s intelligence; na–not; yatah–beyond Him;
asti–there is; kincit–anything else.–2-1-38-

I have thus explained to you the gross material gigantic conception of the Personality of Godhead.
One who seriously desires liberation concentrates his mind on this form of the Lord,
because there is nothing more than this in the material world

sah–He (the Supreme Person); sarva-dhi-vrtti–the process of realization by all sorts of intelligence;
anubhuta–cognizant; sarve–everyone; atma–the Supersoul; yatha–as much as; svapna-jana–a person dreaming;
iksita–seen by; ekah–one and the same; tam–unto Him; satyam–the Supreme Truth;
ananda-nidhim–the ocean of bliss; bhajeta–must one worship; na–never; anyatra–anything else;
sajjet–be attached; yatah– whereby; atma-patah–degradation of oneself.–2-1-39-

One should concentrate his mind upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who alone distributes
Himself in so many manifestations just as ordinary persons create thousands of manifestations in dreams.
One must concentrate the mind on Him, the only all-blissful Absolute Truth.
Otherwise one will be misled and will cause his own degradation.

—————-

ஸ்ரீ பரீக்ஷித் கேட்ட ‘ச்ரோத்வ்யாதிஷு ய: பர:,’ கேட்கப்பட வேண்டியவைகளில் மிகவும் முக்கியமானது என்ன “
என்ற கேள்விக்கு சுகர் அதுதான் ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவத புராணம் என்று பதிலளித்தார் .

ஸ்ரீ சுகர் கூறியதாவது,
“ இந்த ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவத புராணம் வேதத்திற்கு சமமானது. இதை கலியுகம் ஆரம்பிப்பதற்கு முன் த்வாபர யுகத்தில்
என் தந்தையான ஸ்ரீ வியாஸரிடமிருந்து அத்யயனம் செய்தேன்.
நிர்குண ப்ரஹ்மத்தில் நிலைத்த முனிவர்களும் ஸ்ரீ ஹரியின் குணங்களைப் பேசுவதில் மகிழ்ச்சி அடைகின்றனர்.
ஆகவே ஸ்ரீ ஹரியின் கருணைக்குப் பாத்திரமான உங்களுக்கு நான் இதை அளிக்கிறேன்
.
கட்வாங்கன் தன் ஆயுள் ஒரு முஹுர்த்தத்தில் முடியப் போவதை அறிந்து சர்வசங்க பரித்யாகம் செய்து
ஸ்ரீ ஹரியை சரணமடைந்து முக்தி யடைந்தான். உங்களுக்கு ஏழு நாட்கள் இருக்கின்றனவே.
அதற்குள் பரலோக சித்திக்கான எல்லாவற்றையும் சம்பாதித்த்துக் கொள்ளும் “ என்றார்.

கட்வாங்கன் என்ற ராஜரிஷி தேவர்களுக்கு உதவியாக யுத்தம் செய்தபின் தன் ஆயுள் எதுவரை என்று கேட்க
அதற்கு தேவர்கள் ஒரு முஹூர்த்தமே அவன் ஆயுள் என்று கூறினார்.
உடனே அவன் பூலோகம் திரும்பி ஸ்ரீ ஹரியை சரணம் அடைந்தான். பரீக்ஷித்திற்கு தன்னால் முடியுமா என்ற சந்தேகம்
வருமோ என்றெண்ணி ஸ்ரீ சுகர் கட்வாங்கனைப் பற்றி கூறினார்.

( தேவலோகம் போக பூமி. பகவான் அருள் பெற பூலோகமாகிற கர்ம பூமிக்குத் தான் வர வேண்டும்.
இதனால் தான் சாபம் பெற்ற இந்திரன் முதலியோர் பூலோகத்திற்கு வந்த தவம் முதலியன செய்தார்கள். )

பிறகு சுகர் பரீக்ஷித்திற்கு என்ன செய்ய வேண்டும் என்று உபதேசித்தார்

1.முடிவுகாலம் எய்தியபோது உடலிலும் உடல் சம்பந்தமான உறவிலும் பற்றை ஒழிக்க வேண்டும்.

2. துறவு பூண்டு வீட்டிலிருந்து வெளிக்கிளம்பி புண்ய தீர்த்தங்களில் நீராடி பரிசுத்தமான இடத்தில் ஆசனம் அமைத்து அமரவேண்டும்.

ஸ்ரீ கீதையில் ஸ்ரீ பகவான் இதை
சுசௌ தேசே பிரதிஷ்டாப்ய ஸ்திரம் ஆஸனம் ஆத்மன:
நாத்யுச்ச்ரிதம் நாதிநீசம் சைலாஜினகுசோத்தரம்.( 6.11)

பரிசுத்தமான இடம், மிக உயரமும் மிகதாழ்வாகவும் இல்லாத ஸ்திரமான ஆஸனம் , தர்பைப் புல்,
அதன் மேல் தோல் அதன் மேல் துணி. இவ்வாறுள்ள ஆசனம்தான் சிறந்தது.

மிக உயரம் என்றால் மலை உச்சி போன்ற இடம் , கீழே விழும் அபாயம் உள்ளதாகையால் சரியல்ல.
மிகவும் தாழ்வான பூமிக்கடியில் உள்ள இடமும் சரியல்ல. புழு, பூச்சி , நீர்ப்பெருக்கு இவைகளால் இடைஞ்சல் ஏற்படலாம்.
ஸ்திரமான ஆஸனம் பாதுகாப்பிற்கு. தர்பைப்புல் குத்தாமல் இருக்க தோல் , துணியால் மூடுவது தோலின் ரோமங்கள்
இடையூறாக இல்லாமல் இருக்க. இவ்வாறு எப்படி பகவான் பக்தனின் நலத்தை நாடுகிறான் என்பது வியப்பைத் தருவது. .

3. மூன்று மாத்திரைகள் கொண்ட ஓம்காரத்தை மானசீகமாக ஜபம் செய்ய வேண்டும்.
ப்ராணாயாமம் செய்து மனத்தை வசப் படுத்த வேண்டும்.

4. புத்தியே சாரதியாக குதிரைகள் போன்ற இந்த்ரியங்களை வெளி விஷயங்களில் போக விடாமல் இழுத்துப் பிடித்து
மனதை பகவானுடைய மங்கள ரூபத்தில் நிலைபெறச்செய்ய வேண்டும். இது ப்ரத்யாஹாரம்.

5. ஒருமுகப்பட்ட மனதினால் பகவானின் திவ்யமங்கள ஸ்வரூபத்தில் லயிக்கச்செய்து, (தாரணா) ஏகாக்ர சித்தத்துடன்
அவனையே நினைக்கவேண்டும். ( தியானம்). .மனம் இவ்வாறு அடங்கியதும் உண்டாகும் ஆனந்தமே ஸமாதி.

‘பதம் தத் பரமம் விஷ்ணோ: மனோ யத்ர ப்ரஸீததி.’ அதுதான் விஷ்ணுவின் பரமபதம்.

மேலும் ஸ்ரீ சுகர் கூறியதாவது ,
இந்த ஸ்தூல ப்ரபஞ்சம் ஸ்ரீ பகவானின் ஸ்தூலரூபம். ப்ரஹ்மாண்ட கோசம் எனப்படும் இதில் ஏழு ஆவரணங்களாவன,
மஹத் என்னும் புத்தி, அஹம்காரம் , பஞ்ச பூதங்களின் சூக்ஷ்ம ரூபமான பஞ்ச தன் மாத்திரைகள்.

ஸ்ரீ சுகர் ஸ்ரீ பகவானின் விஸ்வரூபத்தை வர்ணித்துப் இந்த ரூபத்தையே யோகிகள் தியானிக்கின்றனர் என்றார்.
அடுத்த அத்தியாயத்தில் ஹ்ருதயத்தில் உள்ளதாக தியானிக்கும் ஸ்ரீ திவ்ய மங்கள அந்தர்யாமி ஸ்வரூபத்தை வர்ணிக்கிறார்.,

———————————————————-

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -முதல் ஸ்கந்தம் — 19 th அத்யாயம்-ஸ்ரீ ஸூக தேவ கோஸ்வாமி உபதேசம்–

August 21, 2020

sri-sukah uvaca–Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said;
variyan–glorious; esah– this; te–your; prasnah–question; krtah–made by you; loka-hitam–beneficial for all men;
nrpa–O King; atmavit–transcendentalist;sammatah–approved; pumsam–of all men;
srotavya-adisu–in all kinds of hearing; yah–what is; parah–the supreme.-1-19-1-

Sri Sukadeva Gosvami said: My dear King, your question is glorious because it is very beneficial to
all kinds of people. The answer to this question is the prime subject matter for hearing,
and it is approved by

srotavya-adini–subject matters for hearing; rajendra–O Emperor; nrnam–of human society; santi–there are;
sahasrasah–hundreds and thousands; apasyatam–of the blind; atma-tattvam–knowledge of self, the ultimate truth;
grhesu–at home; grha-medhinam–of persons too materially engrossed.–1-19-2-

Those persons who are materially engrossed, being blind to the knowledge of ultimate truth,
have many subject matters for hearing in

nidraya–by sleeping; hriyate–wastes; naktam–night; vyavayena–sex indulgence; ca–also; va–either;
vayah–duration of life; diva–days;ca–and; artha–economic; ihaya–development; rajan–O King;
kutumba–family members; bharanena–maintaining; va–either.–1-19-3-

The lifetime of such an envious householder is passed at night either
in sleeping or in sex indulgence, and in the daytime either in making

deha–body; apatya–children; kalatra–wife; adisu–and in everything in relation to them; atma–own;
sainyesu–fighting soldiers; asatsu– fallible; api–in spite of; tesam–of all of them; pramattah–too attached;
nidhanam–destruction; pasyan–having been experienced; api–although; na–does not; pasyati–see it.–1-19-4-

Persons devoid of atma-tattva do not inquire into the problems of life, being too attached to the fallible
soldiers like the body, children and wife. Although sufficiently experienced, they still do not see their

tasmat–for this reason; bharata–O descendant of Bharata; sarvatma–the Supersoul;
bhagavan–the Supreme Personality of Godhead; isvarah–the controller; harih–the Lord, who vanquishes all miseries;
sro tavyah–is to be heard; kirtita vyah–to be glorified; ca–also; smarta vyah–to be remembered;
ca–and; icchata–of one who desires; abhayam–freedom.–1-19-5-

O descendant of King Bharata, one who desires to be free from all miseries must hear about,
glorify and also remember the Personality of Godhead, who is the Supersoul, the controller and the savior from all

eta van–all these; sankhya–complete knowledge of matter and spirit; yogabh yam–knowledge of mystic power;
sva-dharma–particular occupational duty; parinisthaya–by full perception; janma–birth; labhah–gain;
parah–the supreme; pumsam–of a person; ante–at the end; narayana–the Personality of Godhead; smrtih–remembrance.–1-19-6-

The highest perfection of human life, achieved either by complete knowledge of matter and spirit,
by practice of mystic powers, or by perfect discharge of occupational duty, is to remember the Personality of

prayena–mainly; munayah–all sages; rajan–O King; niv rttah–above; vidhi–regulative principles;
sedha tah–from restrictions; nairgunyasthah– transcendentally situated; ramante–take pleasure in;
sma–distinctly; guna-anukathane–describing the glories; hareh–of the Lord.–1-19-7-

O King Pariksit, mainly the topmost transcendentalists, who are above
the regulative principles and restrictions, take pleasure in describing

dam–this; bhagavatam–Srimad-Bhagavatam; nama–of the name; puranam–Vedic supplement;
brahma-sammitam–approved as the essence of the Vedas;adhitavan–studied; dvapara-adau–at the end of the Dvapara-yuga;
pituh–from my father; dvaipayanat–Dvaipayana Vyasadeva; aham–myself.–1-19-8-

At the end of the Dvapara-yuga, I studied this great supplement of
Vedic literature named Srimad-Bhagavatam, which is equal to all the

parinisthitah–fully realized; api–in spite of; nairgunye–in transcendence; uttama–enlightened; sloka–verse;
lilaya–by the pastimes; grhita–being attracted; cetah–attention; rajarse–O saintly King; akhyanam–delineation;
yat–that; adhitavan–I have studied.–1-19-9-

O saintly King, I was certainly situated perfectly in transcendence,
yet I was still attracted by the delineation of the pastimes of the Lord,

tat–that; aham–I; te–unto you; abhidhasyami–shall recite; maha paurusikah– the most sincere devotee of Lord Krsna;
bhavan–your good self; yasya–of which; sraddadhatam–of one who gives full respect and attention; asu–very soon;
syat–it so becomes; mukunde–unto the Lord, who awards salvation; matih–faith; sati–unflinching.–1-19-10-

That very Srimad-Bhagavatam I shall recite before you because you are the most sincere devotee of Lord Krsna.
One who gives full attention and respect to hearing Srimad-Bhagavatam achieves unflinching faith in the

etat–it is; nirvidyamananam–of those who are completely free from all material desires;
icchatam–of those who are desirous of all sorts of material enjoyment; akutah-bhayam–free from all doubts and fear;
yoginam–of all who are self-satisfied; nrpa–O King; nir nitam–decided truth; hareh–of the Lord, Sri Krsna;
nama–holy name; anu–after someone, always; kirtanam–chanting.–1-19-11-

O King, constant chanting of the holy name of the Lord after the ways of the great authorities is the doubtless
and fearless way of success for all, including those who are free from all material desires, those who
are desirous of all material enjoyment, and also those who are self satisfied

kim–what is; pramattasya–of the bewildered; bahubhih–by many;paroksaih–inexperienced; hayanaih–years;
iha–in this world; varam–better; muhurtam–a moment; viditam–conscious; ghatate–one can try for;
sreyase–in the matter of the supreme interest; yatah–by that.–1-19-12-

What is the value of a prolonged life which is wasted, inexperienced
by years in this world? Better a moment of full consciousness, because

khat vangah–King Khatvanga; nama–name; raja-rsih–saintly king; jnatva–by knowing; iyattam–duration;
iha–in this world; ayusah–of one’s life; muhurtat–within only a moment; sarvam–everything;
utsrjya–leaving aside; gatavan–had undergone; abhayam–fully safe; harim–the Personality of Godhead–1-19-13-

The saintly King Khatvanga, after being informed that the duration of his life would be only a moment more,
at once freed himself from all material activities and took shelter of the supreme safety, the

tava–your; api–also; etarhi–therefore; kauravya–O one born in the family of Kuru; saptaham–seven days;
jivita–duration of life; avadhih– up to the limit of; upakalpaya–get them performed; tat–those;
sarvam– all; tavat–so long; yat–which are; samparayikam–rituals for the next life.–1-19-14-

Maharaja Pariksit, now your duration of life is limited to seven more days, so during this time
you can perform all those rituals which are

anta-kale–at the last stage of life; tu–but; purusah–a person; agate–having arrived;
gata-sadhvasah–without any fear of death; chindyat–must cut off; asanga–non attachment;
sastrena–by the weapon of; sprham–all desires; dehe–in the matter of the material tabernacle;
anu–pertaining; ye–all that; ca–also; tam–them.–1-19-15-

At the last stage of one’s life, one should be bold enough not to be afraid of death.
But one must cut off all attachment to the material body
and everything pertaining to it and all desires thereof.

grhat–from one’s home; pra vrajitah–having gone out; dhirah–self controlled; punya–pious;
tirtha–sacred place; jala-aplutah–fully washed; sucau–cleansed; vivikte–solitary; asinah–seated;
vidhivat–according to regulations; kalpita–having done; asane–on a sitting place.–1-19-16-

One should leave home and practice self-control. In a sacred place he
should bathe regularly and sit down in a lonely place duly sanctified

abhyaset–one should practice; manasa–by the mind; suddham–sacred; tri-vrt–composed of the three;
brahma-aksaram–transcendental letters;param–the supreme; manah–mind; yacchet–get under control;
jita-svasah–by regulating the breathing air; brahma–absolute; bijam–seed;
avismaran–without being forgotten.–1-19-17-

After sitting in the above manner, make the mind remember the three transcendental letters [a-u-m],
and by regulating the breathing process,control the mind so as not to forget the transcendental seed

niyacchet–withdraw; visayebhyah–from sense engagements; aksan–the senses; manasa–by dint of the mind;
buddhi–intelligence; sarathih– driver; manah–the mind; karmabhih–by the fruitive work; aksiptam–being absorbed in;
subha-arthe–for the sake of the Lord; dharayet–hold up; dhiya–in full consciousness.–1-19-18-

Gradually, as the mind becomes progressively spiritualized, withdraw it from sense activities,
and by intelligence the senses will be controlled. The mind too absorbed in material activities can be engaged
in the service of the Personality of Godhead and become fixed in full transcendental consciousness.

tatra–thereafter; eka–one by one; avayavam–limbs of the body; dhyayet–should be concentrated upon;
avyucchinnena–without being deviated from the complete form; cetasa–by the mind; manah–mind;
nirvisayam–without being contaminated by sense objects; yuktva–being dovetailed; tatah–after that;
kincana–anything; na–do not; smaret–think of; padam–personality; tat–that; paramam–Supreme;
visnoh–of Visnu; manah–the mind; yatra–whereupon; prasidati–becomes reconciled.–1-19-19-

Thereafter, you should meditate upon the limbs of Visnu, one after another, without being deviated from
the conception of the complete body.
Thus the mind becomes free from all sense objects. There should be no other thing to be thought upon.
Because the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Visnu, is the Ultimate Truth, the mind becomes completely
reconciled in Him only.

rajah–the passionate mode of nature; tamobhyam–as well as by the ignorant mode of material nature;
aksiptam–agitated; vimudham– bewildered; manah–the mind; atmanah–of one’s own; yacchet–get it rectified;
dharanaya–by conception (of Visnu); dhirah–the pacified; hanti–destroys; ya–all those;
tat-krtam–done by them; malam–dirty things.–1-19-20-

One’s mind is always agitated by the passionate mode of material nature and bewildered by the ignorant
mode of nature. But one can rectify such conceptions by the relation of Visnu and thus become pacified by
cleansing the dirty things created by them

yasyam–by such systematic remembrance; sandharyamanayam–and thus being fixed in the habit of;
yoginah–the mystics; bhakti-laksanah–being practiced to the devotional system; asu–very soon;
sampadyate–attains success; yogah–connection by devotional service; asrayam–under the shelter of;
bhadram–the all-good; iksatah–which seeing that.–1-19-21-

O King, by this system of remembrance and by being fixed in the habit of seeing the all-good personal
conception of the Lord, one can very soon attain devotional service to the Lord, under His direct shelter

raja uvaca–the fortunate King said; yatha–as it is; sandharyate–the conception is made; brahman–O brahmana;
dharana–conception; yatra–where and how; sammata–in a summary; yadrsi–the way by which; va–or;
haret–extricated; asu–without delay; purusasya–of a person; manah–of the mind; malam–dirty things.–1-19-22-

The fortunate King Pariksit, inquiring further, said: O brahmana, please describe in full detail
how and where the mind has to be applied and how the conception can be fixed so that the dirty things
in a person’s mind can be removed

sri-sukah uvaca–Sukadeva Gosvami said; jita-asanah–controlled sitting posture;
jita-svasah–controlled breathing process; jita-sangah– controlled association; jita-indriyah–controlled senses;
sthule–in the gross matter; bhagavatah–unto the Personality of Godhead; rupe–in the feature of;
manah–the mind; sandharayet–must apply; dhiya–by intelligence.–1-19-23-

Sukadeva Gosvami answered: One should control the sitting posture, regulate the breathing process
by the yogic pranayama and thus control the mind and senses and with intelligence apply the mind
to the gross potencies of the Lord [called the virat-rupa].

visesah–personal; tasya–His; dehah–body; ayam–this; sthavisthah– grossly material; ca–and;
sthaviyasam–of all matter; yatra–wherein; idam–all these phenomena; vyajyate–is experienced;
visvam–universe; bhutam–past; bhavyam–future; bhavat–present; ca–and; sat–resultant.–1-19-24-

This gigantic manifestation of the phenomenal material world as a whole is the personal body of the
Absolute Truth, wherein the universal resultant past, present and future of material time is experienced

anda-kose–within the universal shell; sarire–in the body of; asmin– this; sapta–sevenfold; avarana–coverings;
samyute–having so done; vairajah–the gigantic universal; purusah–form of the Lord; yah–that;
asau–He; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; dharana–conception; asrayah–object of.–1-19-25-

The gigantic universal form of the Personality of Godhead, within the body of the universal shell,
which is covered by sevenfold material elements, is the subject for the virat conception.

patalam–the planets at the bottom of the universe; etasya–of His;hi–exactly; pada-mulam–soles of the feet;
pathanti–they study it; parsni–the heels; prapade–the toes; rasatalam–the planets named Rasatala;
mahatalam–the planets named Mahatala; visva-srjah–of the creator of the universe; atha–thus;
gulphau–the ankles; talatalam–the planets named Talatala; vai–as they are;
purus asya–of the gigantic person; janghe–the shanks.–1-19-26-

Persons who have realized it have studied that the planets known as Patala constitute the bottoms of the feet
of the universal Lord, and the heels and the toes are the Rasatala planets.
The ankles are the Mahatala planets, and His shanks constitute the Talatala planets

dve–two; januni–two knees; sutalam–the planetary system named Sutala; visva-murteh–of the universal form;
uru-dvayam–the two thighs; vitalam–the planetary system named Vitala; ca–also; atalam–the planets named Atala;
ca–and; mahitalam–the planetary system named Mahitala; tat–of that; jaghanam–the hips; mahipate–O King;
nabhastalam–outer space; nabhi-sarah–the depression of the navel; grnanti–they take it so.–1-19-27-

The knees of the universal form are the planetary system of the name Sutala, and the two thighs are
the Vitala and Atala planetary systems.
The hips are Mahitala, and outer space is the depression of His navel.

urah–high; sthalam–place (the chest); jyotih-anikam–the luminary planets; asya–of Him; griva–the neck;
mahah–the planetary system above the luminaries; vadanam–mouth; vai–exactly; janah–the planetary system above Mahar;
asya–of Him; tapah–the planetary system above the Janas; varatim–forehead; viduh–is known; adi–the original;
pumsah– personality; satyam–the topmost planetary system; tu–but; sirsani–the head;
sahasra–one thousand; sirsnah–one with heads.–1-9-28-

The chest of the Original Personality of the gigantic form is the luminary planetary system,
His neck is the Mahar planets, His mouth is the Janas planets, and His forehead is the Tapas planetary system.
The topmost planetary system, known as Satyaloka, is the head of He who has one thousand heads

indra-adayah–demigods headed by the heavenly king, Indra; bahavah–arms; ahuh–are called; usrah–the demigods;
karnau–the ears; disah–the four directions; srotram–the sense of hearing; amusya–of the Lord;
sabdah–sound; nasatya-dasrau–the demigods known as the Asvini-kumaras; paramasya–of the Supreme;
nase–nostrils; ghranah–the sense of smell;asya–of Him; gandhah–fragrance; mukham–the mouth;
agnih–fire; iddhah–blazing.–1-19-29-

His arms are the demigods headed by Indra, the ten directional sides are His ears, and physical sound is
His sense of hearing. His nostrils are the two Asvini-kumaras, and material fragrance is His sense of smell.
His mouth is the blazing fire.

dyauh–the sphere of outer space; aksini–the eyeballs; caksuh–of eyes (senses); abhut–it so became;
patangah–the sun; paksmani–eyelids; visnoh–of the personality of Godhead, Sri Visnu; ahani–day and night;
ubhe–both; ca–and; tat–His; bhru–eyebrows; vijrmbhah–movements;paramesthi–the supreme entity (Brahma);
dhisnyam–post; apah–Varuna,the director of water; asya–His; talu–palate; rasah–juice;
eva–certainly; jihva–the tongue.–1-19-30-

The sphere of outer space constitutes His eye pits, and the eyeball is the sun as the power of seeing.
His eyelids are both the day and night,and in the movements of His eyebrows, the Brahma and similar supreme
personalities reside. His palate is the director of water, Varuna, and the juice or
essence of everything is His tongue

chandamsi–the Vedic hymns; anantasya–of the Supreme; sirah–the cerebral passage; grnanti–they say;
damstrah–the jaws of teeth; yamah– Yamaraja, the director of sinners; sneha-kalah–the art of affection;
dvijani–the set of teeth; hasah–smile; jana-unmada-kari–the most alluring; ca–also; maya–illusory energy;
duranta–unsurpassable;sargah–the material creation; yat-apanga–whose glance; moksah–casting over.–1-19-31-

They say that the Vedic hymns are the cerebral passage of the Lord, and His jaws of teeth are Yama,
god of death, who punishes the sinners. The art of affection is His set of teeth,
and the most alluring illusory material energy is His smile.
This great ocean of material creation is but the casting of His glance over us.

vrida–modesty; uttara–upper; osthah–lip; adharah–chin; eva– certainly; lobhah–hankering;
dharmah–religion; stanah–breast; adharma–irreligion; pathah–way; asya–His; prstham–back;
kah–Brahma; tasya–His; medhram–genitals; vrsanau–testicles; ca–also; mitrau–the Mitravarunas;
kuksih–waist; samudrah–the oceans; girayah–the hills; asthi–bones; sanghah–stack.–1-19-32-

Modesty is the upper portion of His lips, hankering is His chin,religion is the breast of the Lord,
and irreligion is His back. Brahmaji, who generates all living beings in the material world, is His genitals,
and the Mitra-varunas are His two testicles. The ocean is His waist, and
the hills and mountains are the stacks of His bone

nadyah–the rivers; asya–of Him; nadyah–veins; atha–and thereafter; tanu-ruhani–hairs on the body;
mahi-ruhah–the plants and trees; visvatanoh–of the universal form; nrpa-indra–O King;
ananta-viryah–of the omnipotent; svasitam–breathing; matarisva–air; gatih–movement;
vayah–passing ages; karma–activity; guna-pravahah–reactions of the modes of nature.–1-19-33-

O King, the rivers are the veins of the gigantic body, the trees are the hairs of His body,
and the omnipotent air is His breath. The passing ages are His movements, and His activities
are the reactions of the three modes of material nature

isasya–of the supreme controller; kesan–hairs on the head; viduh– you may know it from me;
ambu-vahan–the clouds which carry water; vasah tu–the dress; sandhyam–termination of day and night;
kuru-varya–O best of the Kurus; bhumnah–of the Almighty; avyaktam–the prime cause of material creation;
ahuh–it is said; hrdayam–intelligence; manah ca–and the mind; sah–He; candramah–the moon;
sarva-vikara-kosah–the reservoir of all changes.–1-19-34-

O best amongst the Kurus, the clouds which carry water are the hairs on His head,
the terminations of days or nights are His dress, and the supreme cause of material creation is
His intelligence. His mind is the moon, the reservoir of all changes.

vijnana-saktim–consciousness; mahim–the principle of matter; amananti–they call it so;
sarva-atmanah–of the omnipresent; antah karanam– ego; giritram–Rudra (Siva); asva–horse; asvatari–mule;
ustra–camel; gajah–elephant; nakhani–nails; sarve–all other; mrgah–stags;
pasavah–quadrupeds; sroni-dese–on the region of the belt.–1-19-35-

The principle of matter [mahat-tattva] is the consciousness of the omni present Lord, as asserted by the experts,
and Rudradeva is His ego.
The horse, mule, camel and elephant are His nails, and wild animals and all quadrupeds are
situated in the belt zone of the Lord.

vayamsi–varieties of birds; tat-vyakaranam–vocables; vicitram– artistic; manuh–the father of mankind;
manisa–thoughts; manujah– mankind (the sons of Manu); nivasah–residence;
gandharva–the human beings named Gandharvas; vidyadhara–the Vidyadharas; carana–the Caranas; apsarah–the angels;
svara–musical rhythm; smrtih–remembrance; asura-anika–the demoniac soldiers; viryah–prowess.–1-19-36-

Varieties of birds are indications of His masterful artistic sense. Manu, the father of mankind,
is the emblem of His standard intelligence, and humanity is His residence. The celestial species of human beings,
like the Gandharvas, Vidyadharas, Caranas and angels, all represent His musical rhythm, and the demoniac
soldiers are representations of His wonderful prowess

brahma–the brahmanas; ananam–the face; ksatra–the ksatriyas; bhujah–the arms; mahatma–the virat-purusa;
vit–the vaisyas; uruh–the thighs; anghri-srita–under the protection of His feet; krsna-varnah–the sudras;
nana–various; abhidha–by names; abhijya-gana–the demigods; upapannah–being overtaken;
dravya-atmakah–with feasible goods; karma– activities; vitana-yogah–performances of sacrifice.–1-19-37-

The virat-purusa’s face is the brahmanas, His arms are the ksatriyas, His thighs are the vaisyas,
and the sudras are under the protection of His feet. All the worshipable demigods are also overtaken by Him,
and it is the duty of everyone to perform sacrifices with feasible goods to appease the Lord

iyan–all these; asau–that; isvara–Supreme Lord; vigrahasya–of the form; yah–whatsoever;
sannivesah–as they are located; kathitah– explained; maya–by me; te–unto you; sandharyate–one may concentrate;
asmin–in this; vapusi–form of virat; sthavisthe–in the gross; manah–mind; sva-buddhya–by one’s intelligence;
na–not; yatah–beyond Him;asti–there is; kincit–anything else.–1-19-38-

I have thus explained to you the gross material gigantic conception of the Personality of Godhead.
One who seriously desires liberation concentrates his mind on this form of the Lord,
because there is nothing more than this in the material world
sah–He (the Supreme Person); sarva-dhi-vrtti–the process of

realization by all sorts of intelligence; anubhuta–cognizant; sarve– everyone; atma–the Supersoul;
yatha–as much as; svapna-jana–a person dreaming; iksita–seen by; ekah–one and the same;
tam–unto Him; satyam–the Supreme Truth; ananda-nidhim–the ocean of bliss; bhajeta–must one worship;
na–never; anyatra–anything else; sajjet–be attached; yatah– whereby; atma-patah–degradation of oneself.–1-19-39-

One should concentrate his mind upon the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who alone distributes Himself
in so many manifestations just as ordinary persons create thousands of manifestations in dreams.
One must concentrate the mind on Him, the only all-blissful Absolute Truth.
Otherwise one will be misled and will cause his own degradation.

——————–

பரீக்ஷித் ராஜ்யத்திற்குத் திரும்பியதுமே தன் செய்கையை நினைந்து வருந்தினார்.
தனக்கு ஏற்பட்ட சாபத்தைப் பற்றி தெரிந்து கொண்ட பின் அதை பகவானின் சித்தம் என்று ஏற்றுக் கொண்டு
தன் மகனான் ஜனமேஜயனுக்கு முடி சூட்டி அரசன் என்ற அபிமானம் தான் தன் செய்கைக்குக் காரணம் என்று அறிந்து
வைராக்கியம் பூண்டு . தான் செய்த பாவத்திற்கு பிராயச்சித்தம் செய்ய கங்கைக் கரைக்குச் சென்று வடக்கு நோக்கி
தர்ப்பைப் புல்லால் ஆன ஆசனத்தில் அமர்ந்தார்.

அங்கு எல்லா முனிவர்களும் தங்கள் சிஷ்யர்களுடன் வந்தனர். இது ஒருவர் மனதில் வைராக்கியம் ஏற்படும் போது
குருமார்கள் தாமே தேடி வருவர் என்பதை காண்பிக்கிறது.
அந்த முனிவர்கள் பரீக்ஷித்திடம் முக்தியடையும் மார்கத்தை உபதேசித்தனர்.. யாகம், தானம், தவம் முதலிய உபாயங்களை
ரிஷிகள் கூற ஆரம்பித்தபோது குழப்பமடைந்த பரீக்ஷித் அவர்களிடம் எப்போதும் முழுமனத்துடன் செய்ய வேண்டிய
பரிசுத்தமான செயலும் முக்கியமாக மரணத்தருவாயில் இருப்பவன் செய்யவேண்டியது எதுவோ அதை கூறும்படி அவர்களிடம் கேட்டார்.

அப்போது.வ்யாசபுத்திரரான சுகர் அங்கு வந்தார்.
பாகவதம் கூறுகிறது,
அப்போது அங்கு, இச்சைப் படி பூமியெங்கும் சஞ்சரிப்பவரும், விருப்பு வெறுப்பற்றவரும் ஆன
வியாசபுத்திரரான சுகர் யதேச்சையாக அவ்விடம் வந்தார்.

ராமாயணத்தில் கூனி யதேச்சையாக உப்பரிகை மேல் ஏறினாள் என்று வால்மீகி சொல்கிறார்.
பின்னர் சூர்பணகையும் யதேச்சையாக பஞ்சவடிக்கு வந்தாள் என்கிறார். இவர்கள் இருவரும் யதேச்சையாக செய்த காரியங்களே
ராவண வதத்திற்கு அடிகோலின. இதிலிருந்து நாம் அறிவது என்ன வென்றால், யத்ருச்சா, யதேச்சை என்பது உண்மையில்
ஈஸ்வர இச்சை. இங்கும் சுகர் தோன்றியது யதேச்சை . ஆனால் இது நன்மை விளைவித்தது. பரீக்ஷித்திற்கு மட்டும் அல்ல.
உலக மக்களுக்கும் பாகவதம் என்ற முக்திமார்கத்தை காண்பிக்க எண்ணிய ஈஸ்வர இச்சை.

கிருஹஸ்தர்கள் வீட்டில் பிரம்ம ஞானிகள் பால் கறக்கும் போதளவே தங்குவர். அதாவது அவர்களுக்கு பாத பூஜை செய்ய ஆகும் தருணம்.
ஆனால் சுகர் ஏழு நாட்கள் தங்கி பாகவத உபதேசம் கூறியது பரீக்ஷித்திற்கு மட்டுமல்ல உலகிற்கே ஏற்பட்ட பாக்கியம் ஆகும்.

பரீக்ஷித் சுகரை நோக்கி வினவினார்.
“பிரபுவே எதை மனிதர் கேட்க வேண்டுமோ, ஜபிக்க வேண்டுமோ, எது செய்யப்பட வேண்டுமோ, த்யானிக்கப்பட வேண்டுமோ,
பூஜிக்க ப்பட வேண்டுமோ அதையும் எது செய்யக்கூடாது என்பதையும் விளக்க வேண்டும்.”

———————————————————-

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -முதல் ஸ்கந்தம் — 18 th அத்யாயம்–ஸ்ரீ பரிக்ஷித்துக்கு வந்த சாபம்

August 21, 2020

sutah uvaca–Sri Suta Gosvami said;
yah–one who; vai–certainly;drauni-astra–by the weapon of the son of Drona; viplustah–burned by;
na–never; matuh–of the mother; udare–in the womb; mrtah–met his death; anu gra hat–by the mercy;
bhagavatah–of the Personality of Godhead; krs nasya–Krsna; adbhuta-karmanah–who acts wonderfully.–1-18-1-

Sri Suta Gosvami said: Due to the mercy of the Personality of Godhead, Sri Krsna, who acts wonderfully,
Maharaja Pariksit, though struck by the

brahma-kopa–fury of a brahmana; utthi tat–caused by; yah–what was;
tu–but; taksa kat–by the snake-bird; prana-vip lavat–from dissolution of life; na–never;
sam mumoha–was overwhelmed; uru-bhayat–great fear; bhagavati–unto the Personality of Godhead;
arpita–surrendered; asayah–consciousness.–1-18-2-

Furthermore, Maharaja Pariksit was always consciously surrendered to the Personality of Godhead,
and therefore he was neither afraid nor overwhelmed by fear due to a snake-bird which was to bite him because of

utsrjya–after leaving aside; sarvatah–all around; sangam– association; vij nata–being understood;
ajita–one who is never conquered(the Personality of Godhead); samsthitih–actual position;
vaiyasa keh–unto the son of Vyasa; jahau–gave up; sis yah–as a disciple; gangayam– on the bank of the Ganges;
svam–his own; kale varam–material body.–1-18-3-

Furthermore, after leaving all his associates, the King surrendered himself as a disciple to
the son of Vyasa [Sukadeva Gosvami], and thus he

na–never; uttama-sloka–the Personality of Godhead, of whom the Vedic hymns sing;
var tanam–of those who live on them; ju satam–of those who are engaged in; tat–His;
katha-amrtam–transcendental topics about Him; syat–it so happens; sambhramah–misconception;
anta–at the end; kale– in time; api–also; smaratam–remembering; tat–His; pada-ambujam–lotus feet.–1-18-4-

This was so because those who have dedicated their lives to the transcendental topics of the
Personality of Godhead, of whom the Vedic hymns sing, and who are constantly engaged in remembering
the lotus feet of the Lord, do not run the risk of having misconceptions even at the

ந உத்தம ஸ்லோக வார்த்தானாம் ஜுஷதாம் தத்கதாம்ருதம்
ஸ்யாத் ஸம்ப்ரமோ அந்தகாலே அபி ஸ்மரதாம் தத் பதாம்புஜம் (பா. 1.18.4)

உத்தம ஸ்லோக வார்த்தானாம் –பகவானைப் பற்றியே பேசுபவர்களுக்கும்
ஜுஷதாம் தத் கதாம்ருதம்- அவனுடைய கதைகளாகிய அம்ருதத்தை பருகுபவர்களுக்கும்
தத் பதாம்புஜம் ஸ்ம்ரதாம் – அவனுடைய பதகமலங்களையே நினைப்பவர்க்கும்
அந்தகாலே அபி – மரணம் ஸம்பவிக்கும்போதும்
ஸம்பிரம: -கலக்கம்
ந ஸ்யாத்- உண்டாகாது

இவ்வாறு சூதர் கூறியதைக்கேட்ட முனிவர்கள் பரீக்ஷித்திற்கு சுகரால் பாகவதர்களின் மனதுக்கினிய ஒப்பற்ற
புண்ணியம் வாய்ந்த முக்திக்கு வழியைக்காட்டும் பகவானின் லீலைகளைப் பற்றிய கதைகள் உபதேசிக்கப்பட்ட
சம்பவத்தைப் பற்றிக் கூறுமாறு கேட்டனர்.

tavat–so long; kalih–the personality of Kali; na–cannot; prabhavet–flourish; pravistah–entered in;
api–even though; iha–here; sarvatah–everywhere; yavat–as long as; isah–the lord; mahan–great;
urv yam–powerful; abhi manyavah–the son of Abhimanyu; eka-rat–the one emperor.–1-18-5-

As long as the great, powerful son of Abhimanyu remains the Emperor of

yasmin–on that; ahani–very day; yarhi eva–in the very moment; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead;
utsa sarja–left aside; gam–the earth; tada–at that time; eva–certainly; iha–in this world;
anu vrttah–followed; asau–he; adharma–irreligion; pra bhavah–accelerating; kalih–the personality of quarrel.–1-18-6-

The very day and moment the Personality of Godhead, Lord Sri Krsna,
left this earth, the personality of Kali, who promotes all kinds of

na–never; anud vesti–envious; kalim–unto the personality of Kali; samrat–the Emperor;
saram-ga–realist, like the bees; iva–like; sarabhuk–one who accepts the substance; kusalani–auspicious objects;
asu–immediately; siddh yanti–become successful; na–never; itarani–which are inauspicious;
krtani–being performed; yat–as much as.–1-18-7-

Maharaja Pariksit was a realist, like the bees who only accept the essence [of a flower].
He knew perfectly well that in this age of Kali, auspicious things produce good effects immediately,
whereas inauspicious acts must be actually performed [to render effects]. So he was never

kim–what; nu–may be; balesu–among the less intelligent persons;surena–by the powerful;
kalina–by the personality of Kali; dhira–self controlled;bhi runa–by one who is afraid of;
apramattah–one who is careful; pramattesu–among the careless; yah–one who; vrkah–tiger;
nrsu–among men; vartate–exists.–1-18-8-

Maharaja Pariksit considered that less intelligent men might find the personality of Kali to be very powerful,
but that those who are self controlled would have nothing to fear. The King was powerful like a tiger

upavarnitam–almost everything described; etat–all these; vah–unto you; punyam–pious;
pariksitam–about Maharaja Pariksit; maya–by me; vasudeva–of Lord Krsna; katha–narrations;
upe tam–in connection with; akhyanam–statements; yat–what; aprcchata–you asked from me.–1-18-9-

O sages, as you did ask me, now I have described almost everything regarding the narrations
about Lord Krsna in connection with the history

yah–whatever; yah–and whatsoever; kathah–topics; bhagavatah–about the Personality of Godhead;
kathaniya–were to be spoken by me; urukarmanah– of Him who acts wonderfully; guna–transcendental qualities;
karma–uncommon deeds; asrayah–involving; pumbhih–by persons; samsevyah–ought to be heard;
tah–all of them; bubhusubhih–by those who want their own welfare.–1-18-10-

Those who are desirous of achieving complete perfection in life must submissively hear all topics
that are connected with the transcendental activities and qualities of the Personality of Godhead, who acts

rsayah ucuh–the good sages said; suta–O Suta Gosvami; jiva–we wish you life for; samah–many years;
saumya–grave; sas vatih–eternal;visadam–particularly; yasah–in fame; yah tvam–because you;
samsasi–speaking nicely; krsnasya–of Lord Sri Krsna; martyanam–of those who die;
am rtam–eternity of life; hi–certainly; nah–our.–1-18-11-

The good sages said: O grave Suta Gosvami! May you live many years and have eternal fame,
for you are speaking very nicely about the activities of Lord Krsna, the Personality of Godhead.
This is just like nectar for

karmani–performance of; asmin–in this; anasvase–without certainty; dhuma–smoke;
dhumra-atmanam–tinged body and mind; bhavan–your good self; a payayati–very much pleasing;
govinda–the Personality of Godhead; pada–feet; padma-asavam–nectar of the lotus flower; madhu–honey.–1-18-12-

We have just begun the performance of this fruitive activity, a sacrificial fire, without certainty of
its result due to the many imperfections in our action. Our bodies have become black from the smoke,
but we are factually pleased by the nectar of the lotus feet of the

tulayama–to be balanced with; lavena–by a moment; api–even; na–never; svargam–heavenly planets;
na–nor; apunah-bhavam–liberation from matter; bhagavat-sangi–devotee of the Lord;
san gasya–of the association; martyanam–those who are meant for death; kim–what is there;
uta–to speak of; asisah–worldly benediction.–1-18-13-

The value of a moment’s association with the devotee of the Lord cannot even be compared to the
attainment of heavenly planets or liberation from matter, and what to speak of worldly benedictions in the

kah–who is he; nama–specifically; trp yet–get full satisfaction; rasa-vit–expert in relishing mellow nectar;
kathayam–in the topics of; mahat-tama–the greatest amongst the living beings; ekanta–exclusively;
parayanasya–of one who is the shelter of; na–never; antam–end;gunanam–of attributes; agunasya–of the Transcendence;
jagmuh–could ascertain; yoga-isvarah–the lords of mystic power; ye–all they;
bhava– Lord Siva; padma–Lord Brahma; mukhyah–heads.–1-18-14-

The Personality of Godhead, Lord Krsna [Govinda], is the exclusive shelter for all great living beings,
and His transcendental attributes cannot even be measured by such masters of mystic powers as Lord Siva and
Lord Brahma. Can anyone who is expert in relishing nectar [rasa] ever be

tat–therefore; nah–of us; bhavan–your good self; vai–certainly; bhagavat–in relation with the Personality of Godhead;
pradhanah–chiefly; mahat-tama–the greatest of all greats; ekanta–exclusively;parayanasya–of the shelter;
hareh–of the Lord; udaram–impartial;caritam–activities; visuddham–transcendental;
susrusa tam–those who are receptive; nah–ourselves; vitanotu–kindly describe; vidvan–O learned one.--1-18-15

O Suta Gosvami, you are a learned and pure devotee of the Lord because the Personality of Godhead is your
chief object of service. Therefore please describe to us the pastimes of the Lord, which are above all

sah–he; vai–certainly; maha-bhagavatah–first-class devotee; pariksit–the King; yena–by which;
apavarga-akhyam–by the name of liberation; adabhra–fixed; buddhih–intelligence; jnanena–by knowledge;
vaiyasaki–the son of Vyasa; sabditena–vibrated by; bheje–taken to;khaga-indra–Garuda, the king of the birds;
dhvaja–flag; pada-mulam–soles of the feet.--1-18-16-

O Suta Gosvami, please describe those topics of the Lord by which Maharaja Pariksit, whose intelligence was
fixed on liberation, attained the lotus feet of the Lord, who is the shelter of Garuda, the king of

tat–therefore; nah–unto us; param–supreme; punyam–purifying; asamvrta-artham–as it is; akhyanam–narration;
ati–very; adbhuta– wonderful; yoga-nistham–compact in bhakti-yoga; akhyahi–describe; ananta–the Unlimited;
acarita–activities; upapannam–full of;pariksitam–spoken to Maharaja Pariksit; bhagavata–of the pure devotees;
abhiramam–particularly very dear.--1-18-17

Thus please narrate to us the narrations of the Unlimited, for they are purifying and supreme.
They were spoken to Maharaja Pariksit, and they are very dear to the pure devotees, being full of bhakti-yoga

sutah uvaca–Suta Gosvami said; aho–how; vayam–we; janma-bhrtah– promoted in birth; adya–today; ha–clearly;
asma–have become; vrddhaanuvrttya–by serving those who are advanced in knowledge; api–although;
viloma-jatah–born in a mixed caste; dauskulyam–disqualification of birth; adhim–sufferings; vidhunoti–purifies;
sighram–very soon; mahatt amanam– of those who are great; abhidhana–conversation; yogah–connection.--1-18-18-

Sri Suta Gosvami said: O God, although we are born in a mixed caste, we are still promoted in birthright
simply by serving and following the great who are advanced in knowledge. Even by conversing with such great
souls, one can without delay cleanse oneself of all disqualifications resulting from lower births

kutah–what to say; punah–again; grnatah–one who chants; nama–holy name; tasya–His; mahat-tama–great devotees;
ekanta–exclusive; parayanasya–of one who takes shelter of; yah–He who; ananta–is the Unlimited; sak tih–potency;
bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; anantah–immeasurable; mahat–great; gunatvat–on account of such attributes;
yam–whom; anantam–by the name ananta; ahuh–is called.--1-18-19-

And what to speak of those who are under the direction of the great devotees, chanting the holy name of
the Unlimited, who has unlimited potency? The Personality of Godhead, unlimited in potency and
transcendental by attributes, is called the ananta [Unlimited].

etavata–so far; alam–unnecessary; nanu–if at all; sucitena–by description; gunaih–by attributes;
asamya–immeasurable; anatisayanasya– of one who is unexcelled; hitva–leaving aside; itaran– others;
prarthayatah–of those who ask for; vibhutih–favor of the goddess of fortune; yasya–one whose;
anghri–feet; renum–dust; jusate–serves; anabhipsoh–of one who is unwilling.--1-18-20-

It is now ascertained that He [the Personality of Godhead] is unlimited and there is none equal to Him.
Consequently no one can speak of Him adequately. Great demigods cannot obtain the favor of the goddess
of fortune even by prayers, but this very goddess renders service unto the Lord,
although He is unwilling to have such service

atha–therefore; api–certainly; yat–whose; pada-nakha–nails of the feet; avasrstam–emanating;
jagat–the whole universe; virinca–Brahmaji; upahrta–collected; arhana–worship; ambhah–water;
sa–along with; isam--Lord Siva; punati–purifies; anyatamah–who else;
mukundat–besides the Personality of Godhead Sri Krsna; kah–who; nama–name; loke–within the world;
bhagavat–Supreme Lord; pada–position; arthah–worth.--1-18-21-

Who can be worthy of the name of the Supreme Lord but the Personality of Godhead Sri Krsna?
Brahmaji collected the water emanating from the nails of His feet in order to award it to Lord Siva
as a worshipful welcome. This very water [the Ganges] is purifying the whole universe,including Lord Siva.

yatra–unto whom; anuraktah–firmly attached; sahasa–all of a sudden; eva–certainly; dhirah–self-controlled;
vyapohya–leaving aside; deha–the gross body and subtle mind; adisu–relating to; sangam–attachment;
udham–taken to; vrajanti–go away; tat–that; paramahamsyam–the highest stage of perfection;
antyam–and beyond that; yasmin–in which; ahimsa–nonviolence; upasamah–and renunciation;
sva-dharmah–consequential occupation.--1-18-22-

Self-controlled persons who are attached to the Supreme Lord Sri Krsna can all of a sudden give up
the world of material attachment, including the gross body and subtle mind, and go away to attain the highest
perfection of the renounced order of life, by which nonviolence and renunciation are consequential

aham–my humble self; hi–certainly; prstah–asked by you; aryamanah–as powerful as the sun; bhavadbhih–by you;
acakse–may describe; atmaavagamah– as far as my knowledge is concerned; atra–herein; yavan–so far;
nabhah–sky; patanti–fly; atma-samam–as far as it can;patattrinah–the birds; tatha–thus; samam–similarly;
visnu-gatim–knowledge of Visnu; vipascitah–even though learned.--1-18-23-

O rsis, who are as powerfully pure as the sun, I shall try to describe to you the transcendental pastimes of Visnu
as far as my knowledge is concerned. As the birds fly in the sky as far as their capacity allows,
so do the learned devotees describe the Lord as far as their realization allows.

ekada–once upon a time; dhanuh–arrows and bow; udyamya–taking firmly; vicaran–following;
mrgayam–hunting excursion; vane–in the forest; mrgan–stags; anugatah–while following; srantah–fatigued;
ksudhitah–hungry; trsitah–being thirsty; bhrsam–extremely; jalaasayam–reservoir of water;
acaksanah–while searching for; pravivesa–entered into; tam–that famous; asramam–hermitage of Samika Rsi;
dadarsa–saw; munim–the sage; asinam–seated; santam–all silent; milita–closed; locanam–eyes.--1-18-24 / 25

Once upon a time Maharaja Pariksit, while engaged in hunting in the forest with bow and arrows,
became extremely fatigued, hungry and thirsty while following the stags.
While searching for a reservoir of water, he entered the hermitage of the well-known Samika Rsi
and saw the sage sitting silently with closed eyes.

pratiruddha–restrained; indriya–the sense organs; prana–air of respiration; manah–the mind;
buddhim–intelligence; uparatam–inactive;sthana–places; trayat–from the three; param–transcendental;
praptam–achieved; brahma-bhutam–qualitatively equal with the Supreme Absolute;avikriyam–unaffected.--1-18-26 -

The muni’s sense organs, breath, mind and intelligence were all restrained from material activities,
and he was situated in a trance apart from the three [wakefulness, dream and unconsciousness], having
achieved a transcendental position qualitatively equal with the Supreme Absolute.

viprakirna–all scattered; jata-acchannam–covered with compressed, long hair; rauravena–by the skin of a stag;
ajinena–by the skin; ca–also; visusyat–dried up; taluh–palate; udakam–water;
tatha-bhutam–in that state; ayacata–asked for.--1-18-27-

The sage, in meditation, was covered by the skin of a stag, and long, compressed hair was scattered all over him.
The King, whose palate was dry from thirst, asked him for water

alabdha–having not received; trna–seat of straw; bhumi–place; adih--and so on;
a sam prapta–not properly received; arghya–water for reception; sunrtah–sweet words;
avajnatam–thus being neglected; iva–like that; atmanam–personally; manyamanah–thinking like that;
cukopa–became angry; ha–in that way.--1-18-28-

The King, not received by any formal welcome by means of being offered a seat, place, water and
sweet addresses, considered himself neglected,and so thinking he became angry

abhuta-purvah–unprecedented; sahasa–circumstantially; ksut–hunger; trdbhyam–as well as by thirst;
ardita–being distressed; atmanah–of his self; brahmanam–unto a brahmana; prati–against; abhut–became;
brahman--O brahmanas; matsarah–envious; manyuh–angry; eva–thus; ca–and.--1-18-29-

O brahmanas, the King’s anger and envy, directed toward the brahmana sage, were unprecedented,
being that circumstances had made him hungry and thirsty.

sah–the King; tu–however; brahma-rseh–of the brahmana sage; amse–on the shoulder; gata-asum–lifeless;
ura gam–snake; rusa–in anger;vinir gacchan–while leaving; dhanuh-kotya–with the front of the bow;
nidhaya–by placing it; puram–palace; a gatah–returned.--1-18-30-

While leaving, the King, being so insulted, picked up a lifeless snake with his bow and angrily placed it
on the shoulder of the sage. Then he returned to his palace

esah–this; kim–whether; nibhrta-asesa–meditative mood; karanah–senses; milita–closed; iksanah–eyes;
mrsa–false; sama dhih–trance;aho–remains; svit–if it is so; kim–either; nu–but; syat–may be;
ksatra-bandhu bhih–by the lower ksat riya.--1-8-31-

Upon returning, he began to contemplate and argue within himself whether the sage had actually been
in meditation, with senses concentrated and eyes closed, or whether he had just been feigning trance
just to avoid receiving a lower ksat riya.

tasya–his (the sage’s); putrah–son; ati–extremely; tejasvi–powerful; viharan–while playing;
balakah–with boys; arbhakaih–who were all childish; rajna–by the King; agham–distress; prapitam–made to have;
tatam–the father; srutva–by hearing; tatra–then and there; idam--this; abravit–spoke.--1-8-32-

The sage had a son who was very powerful, being a brahmana’s son. While he was playing with inexperienced boys,
he heard of his father’s distress, which was occasioned by the King. Then and there the boy spoke as follows

aho–just look at; adharmah–irreligion; palanam–of the rulers; pivnam–of one who is brought up;
bali-bhujam–like the crows; iva–like;svamini–unto the master; agham–sin; yat–what is;
dasanam–of theservants; dvara-panam–keeping watch at the door; sunam–of the dogs;iva–like.--1-18-33-

[The brahmana’s son, Srngi, said:] O just look at the sins of the rulers who, like crows and watch dogs
at the door, perpetrate sins against their masters, contrary to the principles governing servants

brahmanaih–by the brahminical order; ksatra-bandhuh–the sons of the ksatriyas; hi–certainly;
grha-palah–the watchdog; nirupitah–designated; sah–he; katham–on what grounds;
tat-grhe–in the home of him (the master); dvah-sthah–keeping at the door;
sa-bhandam–in the same pot; bhoktum–to eat; arhati–deserves.--1-8-34-

The descendants of the kingly orders are definitely designated as watchdogs, and they must keep
themselves at the door. On what grounds can dogs enter the house and claim to dine with
the master on the same plate?

krsne–Lord Krsna; gate–having departed from this world; bhagavati–the Personality of Godhead;
sastari–the supreme ruler; utpatha-gaminam–of those who are upstarts; tat bhinna–being separated;
setun–the protector; adya–today; aham–myself; sasmi–shall punish; pasyata–just see; me–my; balam–prowess.--1-8-35-

After the departure of Lord Sri Krsna, the Personality of Godhead and supreme ruler of everyone,
these upstarts have flourished, our protector being gone. Therefore I myself shall take up this matter
and punish them. Just witness my power

iti–thus; uktva–saying; rosa-tamra-aksah–with red-hot eyes due to being angry; vayasyan–unto the playmates;
rsi-balakah–the son of a rsi; kausiki–the River Kausika; apah–water; upasprsya–by touching; vak–words;
vajram–thunderbolt; visasarja–threw; ha–in the past.--1-8-36-

The son of the rsi, his eyes red-hot with anger, touched the water of the River Kausika while speaking
to his playmates and discharged the following thunderbolt of words

iti–thus; langhita–surpassing; maryadam–etiquette; taksakah–snakebird; saptame–on the seventh; ahani–day;
danksyati–will bite; sma– certainly; kula-angaram–the wretched of the dynasty; coditah–having done;
me–my; tata-druham–enmity towards the father.--1-8-37-

The brahmana’s son cursed the King thus: On the seventh day from today a snake-bird will bite the most
wretched one of that dynasty [Maharaja Pariksit] because of his having broken the laws of etiquette
by insulting my father.

tatah–thereafter; abhyetya–after entering into; asramam–the hermitage; balah–boy;
gale sarpa–the snake on the shoulder; kalevaram–body; pitaram–unto the father; viksya–having seen;
duhkha-artah–in a sorry plight; mukta-kanthah–loudly; ruroda–cried; ha–in the past.--1-18-38-

Thereafter, when the boy returned to the hermitage, he saw a snake on
his father’s shoulder, and out of his grief he cried very loudly

sah–he; vai–also; angirasah–the rsi born in the family of Angira; brahman–O Saunaka; srutva–on hearing;
suta–his son; vilapanam–crying in distress; unmilya–opening; sanakaih–gradually; netre–by the eyes;
drstva–by seeing; ca–also; amse–on the shoulder; mrta–dead; uragam–snake.--1-18-39-

O brahmanas, the rsi, who was born in the family of Angira Muni, hearing his son crying, gradually
opened his eyes and saw the dead snake around his neck.

visrjya–throwing aside; tam–that; ca–also; papraccha–asked; vatsa--my dear son; kasmat–what for; hi–certainly;
rodisi–crying; kena–by whom; va–otherwise; te–they; apakrtam–misbehaved; iti–thus; uktah– being asked;
sah–the boy; nyavedayat–informed of everything.--1-18-40

He threw the dead snake aside and asked his son why he was crying, whether anyone had done him harm.
On hearing this, the son explained to him what had happened

nisamya–after hearing; saptam–cursed; atat-arham–never to be condemned;
nara-indram–unto the King, best of humankind; sah–that;brahmanah–brahmana-rsi; na–not; atma-jam–his own son;
abhyanandat– congratulated; aho–alas; bata–distressing; amhah–sins; mahat–great;
adya–today; te–yourself; krtam–performed; alpiyasi–insignificant;
drohe–offense; uruh–very great; damah–punishment; dhrtah–awarded.--1-18-41-

The father heard from his son that the King had been cursed, although he should never have been condemned,
for he was the best amongst all human beings. The rsi did not congratulate his son, but, on the contrary,
began to repent, saying: Alas! What a great sinful act was performed by my son.
He has awarded heavy punishment for an insignificant offense

na–never; vai–as a matter of fact; nrbhih–by any man; nara-devam– unto a man-god;
para-akhyam–who is transcendental; sammatum–place on equal footing; arhasi–by the prowess;
avi pakva–unripe or immature;buddhe–intelligence; yat–of whom; tejasa–by the prowess;
durvisahena–unsurpassable; guptah–protected; vindanti–enjoys; bhadrani–all prosperity;
akutah-bhayah–completely defended; prajah–the subjects.--1-18-42-

O my boy, your intelligence is immature, and therefore you have no knowledge that the king,
who is the best amongst human beings, is as good as the Personality of Godhead.
He is never to be placed on an equal footing with common men. The citizens of the state live in prosperity,
being protected by his unsurpassable prowess.

alaksyamane–being abolished; nara-deva–monarchical; namni–of the name; ratha-anga-panau–the representative of the Lord;
ayam–this; anga--O my boy; lokah–this world; tada hi–at once; caura–thieves; pracurah--too much;
vinanksyati–vanquishes; araksyamanah–being not protected; avivarutha-vat–like lambs; ksanat–at once.--1-18-43-

My dear boy, the Lord, who carries the wheel of a chariot, is represented by the monarchical regime,
and when this regime is abolished the whole world becomes filled with thieves, who then at once vanquish
the unprotected subjects like scattered lambs.

tat–for this reason; adya–from this day; nah–upon us; papam–reaction of sin; upaiti–will overtake;
ananvayam–disruption; yat– because; nasta–abolished; nathasya–of the monarch; vasoh–of wealth;
vilumpakat–being plundered; parasparam–between one another; ghnanti– will kill; sapanti–will do harm;
vrnjate–will steal; pasun–animals;striyah–women; arthan–riches; puru–greatly; dasyavah–thieves;
janah–the mass of people.--1-18-44-

Due to the termination of the monarchical regimes and the plundering of the people’s wealth by rogues and thieves,
there will be great social disruptions. People will be killed and injured, and animals and women
will be stolen. And for all these sins we shall be responsible

tada–at that time; arya–progressive civilization; dharmah–engagement; praviliyate–is systematically vanquished;
nrnam–of humankind; varna–caste; asrama–orders of society; acara-yutah–composed in a good manner;
trayi-mayah–in terms of the Vedic injunction; tatah– thereafter; artha–economic development;
kama-abhinivesita–fully absorbed in sense gratification; atmanam–of men; sunam–like dogs;
kapinam–like monkeys; iva–thus; varna-sankarah–unwanted population.--1-18-45-

At that time the people in general will fall systematically from the path of a progressive civilization
in respect to the qualitative engagements of the castes and the orders of society and the Vedic
injunctions. Thus they will be more attracted to economic development for sense gratification,
and as a result there will be an unwanted population on the level of dogs and monkeys.

dharma-palah–the protector of religion; nara-patih–the King; sah–he; tu–but; samrat–Emperor;
brhat–highly; sravah–celebrated; saksat–directly; maha-bhagavatah–the first-class devotee of the Lord;
rajarsih– saint amongst the royal order; haya-medhayat–great performer of horse sacrifices;
ksut–hunger; trt–thirst; srama-yutah–tired and fatigued; dinah–stricken; na–never; eva–thus;
asmat–by us; sapam–curse; arhati–deserves.--1-18-46

The Emperor Pariksit is a pious king. He is highly celebrated and is a first-class devotee of the Personality
of Godhead. He is a saint amongst royalty, and he has performed many horse sacrifices. When such a king is
tired and fatigued, being stricken with hunger and thirst, he does not at all deserve to be cursed

apapesu–unto one who is completely free from all sins;
sva-bhrtyesu– unto one who is subordinate and deserves to be protected; balena–by a child;
apakva–who is immature; buddhina–by intelligence; papam–sinful act; krtam–has been done;
tat bhagavan–therefore the Personality of Godhead; sarva-atma–who is all-pervading;
ksantum–just to pardon; arhati–deserve.--1-18-47

Then the rsi prayed to the all-pervading Personality of Godhead to pardon his immature boy,
who had no intelligence and who committed the great sin of cursing a person who was completely
free from all sins, who was subordinate and who deserved to be protected

tirah-krtah–being defamed; vipralabdhah–being cheated; saptah–being cursed;
ksiptah–disturbed by negligence; hatah–or even being killed;
api–also; na–never; asya–for all these acts; tat–them; pratikurvanti--counteract; tat–the Lord’s;
bhaktah–devotees; prabhavah–powerful;api–although; hi–certainly.--1-18-48-

The devotees of the Lord are so forbearing that even though they are defamed, cheated, cursed,
disturbed, neglected or even killed, they are never inclined to avenge themselves

iti–thus; putra–son; krta–done by; aghena–by the sin; sah–he (the muni); anutaptah–regretting;
maha-munih–the sage; svayam–personally;viprakrtah–being so insulted; rajna–by the King; na–not;
eva–certainly; agham–the sin; tat–that; acintayat–thought of it.--1-18-49-

The sage thus regretted the sin committed by his own son.
He did not take the insult paid by the King very seriously

-------------------

சூதர் கூறினார்.
ஒரு சமயம் பரீக்ஷித் வில்லேந்தி வேட்டையாடும் பொருட்டு வனத்திற்குச் சென்றார்.
மான்களை தொடர்ந்து ஓடி பசியும் களைப்பும் மேலிட்டு தாகத்தால் வருந்தியபோது அங்குள்ள ஆஸ்ரமம் ஒன்றில்
கண் மூடி தியானத்தில் இருந்த முனிவரைக் கண்டார். அவரிடம் குடிக்க நீர் கேட்கையில் வாய் பேசாமல் அமர்ந்திருந்த
அந்த முனிவர் தன்னை அவமதித்ததாக எண்ணி கோபமும் வெறுப்பும் மேலிட்டு வெளிச் செல்கையில் அங்கு ஒரு செத்த பாம்பினைக் கண்டார்.
அந்த முனிவர் நிஷ்டையில் இருப்பது நிஜமா அல்லது தன்னை அவமதிக்க பொய் சமாதியில் இருக்கிறாரா என்றறிய
அந்தப் பாம்பை வில்லின் நுனியால் தூக்கி அந்த முனிவர் கழுத்தில் போட்டுவிட்டு தன் ராஜ்ஜியத்திற்கு திரும்பிப் போய் விட்டார்.
அவர் கலிக்கு இரங்கி இடம் கொடுத்ததால் கலி இவரிடமே த்ன் சேஷ்டையைக் காட்ட முற்பட்டான் போலும்.
அந்த முனிவரின் சிறுவயது மகன் ஆஸ்ரமத்திற்கு திரும்பியதும் அரசனின் செய்கையினால் கோபம் கொண்டு
ஏழு நாட்களில் அவ்வரசன் தக்ஷகன் என்னும் பாம்பினால் கடிக்கப்பட்டு உயிர் நீப்பான் என சாபமிட்டான்.
முனிவர் நிஷ்டை கலைந்ததும் அதைக் கேட்டு வருந்தி . எல்லோரையும் காக்கும் அரசன் செய்த ஒரு சிறு பிழைக்கு
இவ்வாறு பெரிய தண்டனை கூடாது என்று மகனை கடிந்துகொண்டார்.

இங்கு ஒன்று கவனிக்க வேண்டும். சிறுவனானாலும் தவ வலிமை பெரிது என்று தெரிகிறது.
நல்லவர்கள் கலியினிடம் பயப்பட வேண்டியதில்லை. ஆனால் புத்தி தடுமாற்றத்தால் தவறு இழைப்பவர்களை கலி புருஷன் பிடிக்கிறான்.
பரீக்ஷித் பசியாலும் தாகத்தாலும் பீடிக்கப்பட்டு தன்னிலை இழந்து செய்த பிழையினால் பெரிய தண்டனை ஏற்க வேண்டியதாயிற்று.
ஆனாலும் பக்தர்களை பகவான் கைவிடுவதில்லை. அவனுடைய சாபமே அவன் முக்தி பெறும் மார்க்கமாக அமைந்தது.
மரணம் சம்பவிக்கும் போது சுகர் போன்ற மஹான்களின் அருள் கிட்டுவதென்பது மகாபாக்கியம் ஆகும்.

----------------------------------------------------------

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் -
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் -

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -முதல் ஸ்கந்தம் — 17 th அத்யாயம்-கலிக்கு ஒதுக்கிய இடங்கள்–

August 21, 2020

sutah uvaca–Sri Suta Gosvami said;
tatra–thereupon; go-mithunam–a cow and a bull; raja–the King; hanyamanam–being beaten; anatha-vat–
appearing to be bereft of their owner; danda-hastam–with a club in hand; ca–also; vrsalam–lower-caste sudra;
dadrse–observed; nrpa–a king; lanchanam–dressed like.-1-17-1-

Suta Gosvami said: After reaching that place, Maharaja Pariksit
observed that a lower-caste sudra, dressed like a king, was beating a cow

vrsam–the bull; mrnala-dhavalam–as white as a white lotus; mehantam–urinating; iva–as if;
bibhyatam–being too afraid; vepamanam–trembling; pada ekena–standing on only one leg; sidantam–terrified;
sudra-taditam–being beaten by a sudra.–1-17-2-

The bull was as white as a white lotus flower. He was terrified of the
sudra who was beating him, and he was so afraid that he was standing on

gam–the cow; ca–also; dharma-dugham–beneficial because one can draw religion from her;
dinam–now rendered poor; bhrsam–distressed; sudra–the lower caste; pada-ahatam–beaten on the legs;
vivatsam–without any calf; asru-vadanam–with tears in her eyes; ksamam–very weak; yavasam– grass;
icchatim–as if desiring to have some grass to eat.–1-17-3-

Although the cow is beneficial because one can draw religious principles from her,
she was now rendered poor and calfless. Her legs were being beaten by a sudra.
There were tears in her eyes, and she was

papraccha–inquired; ratham–chariot; arudhah–seated on; kartasvara–gold; paricchadam–embossed with;
megha–cloud; gambhiraya–exonerating; vaca–sound; samaropita–well equipped; karmukah–arrows and bow.–1-17-4-

Maharaja Pariksit, well equipped with arrows and bow and seated on a
gold-embossed chariot, spoke to him [the sudra] with a deep voice

kah–who are; tvam–you; mat–my; sarane–under protection; loke–in this world; balat–by force;
hamsi–killing; abalan–those who are helpless; bali–although full of strength; nara-devah–man-god;
asi–appear to be; vesena–by your dress; nata-vat–like a theatrical player;
karmana–by deeds; advi-jah–a man not twice-born by culture.–1-17-5-

Oh, who are you? You appear to be strong and yet you dare kill, within my protection, those who are helpless!
By your dress you pose yourself to be a godly man [king], but by your deeds you are opposing the principles

yah–on account of; tvam–you rogue; krsne–Lord Krsna; gate–having gone away; duram–out of sight;
saha–along with; gandiva–the bow named Gandiva; dhanvana–the carrier, Arjuna; socyah–culprit;
asi–you are considered; asocyan–innocent; rahasi–in a secluded place; praharan–beating;
vadham–to be killed; arhasi–deserve.–1-17-6-

You rogue, do you dare beat an innocent cow because Lord Krsna and Arjuna, the carrier of the
Gandiva bow, are out of sight? Since you are beating the innocent in a secluded place,
you are considered a culprit

tvam–you; va–either; mrnala-dhavalah–as white as a lotus; padaih– of three legs; nyunah–being deprived;
pada–on one leg; caran–moving; vrsa–bull; rupena–in the form of; kim–whether; kascit–someone;
devah–demigod; nah–us; parikhedayan–causing grief.–1-17-7-

Then he [Maharaja Pariksit] asked the bull: Oh, who are you? Are you a bull as white as a white lotus,
or are you a demigod? You have lost three of your legs and are moving on only one.
Are you some demigod causing us

na–not; jatu–at any time; kaurava-indranam–of the kings in the Kuru dynasty; dordanda–strength of arms;
parirambhite–protected by; bhutale– on the surface of the earth; anupatanti–grieving; asmin–up till now;
vina–save and except; te–you; praninam–of the living being; sucah–tears in the eyes.–1-17-8-

Now for the first time in a kingdom well protected by the arms of the
kings of the Kuru dynasty, I see you grieving with tears in your eyes. Up

ma–do not; saurabheya–O son of Surabhi; atra–in my kingdom; sucah– lamentation; vyetu–let there be;
te–your; vrsalat–by the sudra;bhayam–cause of fear; ma–do not; rodih–cry; amba–mother cow;
bhadram–all good; te–unto you; khalanam–of the envious; mayi–while I am living;
sastari–the ruler or subduer.–1-17-9-

O son of Surabhi, you need lament no longer now. There is no need to fear this low-class sudra.
And, O mother cow, as long as I am living as the ruler and subduer of all envious men,
there is no cause for you to

yasya–one whose; rastre–in the state; prajah–living beings; sarvah–one and all; trasyante–are terrified;
sadhvi–O chaste one; asadhubhih–by the miscreants; tasya–his; mattasya–of the illusioned; nasyanti–vanishes;
kirtih–fame; ayuh–duration of life; bhagah–fortune; gatih–good rebirth; esah–these are; rajnam–of the kings;
parah–superior;dharmah–occupation; hi–certainly; artanam–of the sufferers; arti–sufferings; nigrahah–subduing;
atah–therefore; enam–this man;vadhisyami–I shall kill;
bhuta-druham–revolter against other living beings; asat-tamam–the most wretched.–1-17-10 /11–

O chaste one, the king’s good name, duration of life and good rebirth vanish when all kinds of living beings
are terrified by miscreants in his kingdom. It is certainly the prime duty of the king to subdue first the
sufferings of those who suffer. Therefore I must kill this most wretched

kah–who is he; avrscat–cut off; tava–your; padan–legs; trin–three; saurabheya–O son of Surabhi;
catuh-pada–you are four-legged; ma–never to be; bhuvan–it so happened; tvadrsah–as yourself;
rastre–in the state; rajnam–of the kings;
krsna-anuvartinam–those who follow the codes of Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead.–1-17-12-

He [Maharaja Pariksit] repeatedly addressed and questioned the bull thus:
O son of Surabhi, who has cut off your three legs? In the state of the kings who are obedient
to the laws of the Supreme Personality of

akhyahi–just let me know; vrsa–O bull; bhadram–good; vah–for you;sadhunam–of the honest;
akrta-agasam–of those who are offenseless;atma-vairupya–deformation of the self; kartaram–the doer;
parthanam–of the sons of Prtha; kirti-dusanam–blackmailing the reputation.–1-17-13-

O bull, you are offenseless and thoroughly honest; therefore I wish all good to you.
Please tell me of the perpetrator of these mutilations,

jane–to the living beings; anagasi–those who are offenseless; agham–sufferings; yunjan–by applying;
sarvatah–anywhere and everywhere;asya–of such offenders; ca–and; mat-bhayam–fear me;
sadhunam–of the honest persons; bhadram–good fortune; eva–certainly; syat–will take place;
asadhu–dishonest miscreants; damane–curbed; krte–being so done.–1-17-14-

Whoever causes offense less living beings to suffer must fear me
anywhere and everywhere in the world. By curbing dishonest miscreants,

anagahsu iha–to the offenseless; bhutesu–living beings; yah–the person; agah-krt–commits offense;
nirankusah–upstart; aharta asmi–I shall bring forth; bhujam–arms; saksat–directly;
amartyasya api–even one who is a demigod; sa-angadam–with decorations and armor.–1-17-15–

An upstart living being who commits offenses by torturing those who
are offenseless shall be directly uprooted by me, even though he be a

rajnah–of the king or the executive head; hi–certainly; paramah–supreme; dharmah–occupational duty;
sva-dharma-stha–one who is faithful to his prescribed duty; anupalanam–giving protection always;
sasatah–while ruling; anyan–others; yatha–according to; sastram–rulings of scriptures; anapadi–without danger;
utpathan–persons going astray; iha–as a matter of fact.–1-17-16-

The supreme duty of the ruling king is to give all protection to law abiding
persons and to chastise those who stray from the ordinances of

dharmah uvaca–the personality of religion said; etat–all these; vah–by you;
pandave yanam–of those who are in the Pandava dynasty; yuktam–just befitting; arta–the sufferer;
abhayam–freedom from all fears;vacah–speeches; yesam–those; guna-ganaih–by the qualifications;
krsnah–even Lord Krsna; dautya-adau–the duty of a messenger, etc.;
bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; krtah–performed.–1-17-17-

The personality of religion said: These words just spoken by you befit a person of the Pandava dynasty.
Captivated by the devotional qualities of the Pandavas, even Lord Krsna, the Personality of Godhead, performed

na–not; vayam–we; klesa-bijani–the root cause of sufferings; yatah–wherefrom; syuh–it so happens;
purusa-rsabha–O greatest of all human beings; purusam–the person; tam–that; vijanimah–know;
vakya-bheda–difference of opinion; vimohitah–bewildered by.–1-17-18-

O greatest among human beings, it is very difficult to ascertain the particular miscreant
who has caused our sufferings, because we are

kecit–some of them; vikalpa-vasanah–those who deny all kinds of duality; ahuh–declare; atmanam–own self;
atmanah–of the self; daivam–superhuman; anye–others; apare–someone else; karma–activity;
sva bhavam–material nature; apare–many other; prabhum–authorities.–1-17-19-

Some of the philosophers, who deny all sorts of duality, declare that one’s own self is responsible
for his personal happiness and distress. Others say that superhuman powers are responsible,
while yet others say that activity is responsible, and the gross materialists maintain that

apratarkyat–beyond the power of reasoning; anirdesyat–beyond the power of thinking; iti–thus; kesu–someone;
api–also; niscayah–definitely concluded; atra–herein; anurupam–which of them is right;
raja-rse–O sage amongst the kings; vimrsa–judge yourself; sva–by your own; manisaya–power of intelligence.–1-17-20-

There are also some thinkers who believe that no one can ascertain the cause of distress by argumentation,
nor know it by imagination, nor express it by words. O sage amongst kings, judge for yourself by thinking

கேசித் விகல்பவாஸனா ஆஹு: ஆத்மானம் ஆத்மன:
தைவம் அன்யே பரே கர்மஸ்வபாவம் அபரே ப்ரபும்

அப்ரதர்க்யாத் அனிர்தேச்யாத் கேஷ்வபி நிஸ்சய:
அத்ரானுரூபம் ராஜர்ஷே விமர்ச ஸ்வமநீஷயா

இதன் பொருள்.
விகல்பவாஸனா கேசித் – விகல்பம் பேசும் சிலர்
ஆத்மானம் ஆத்மனா- தம் நிலைக்குத் தாமே காரணம் என்கின்றனர்.
அன்யே தைவம்- இன்னும் சிலர் விதியே காரணம் என்கின்றனர்.
பரே கர்மஸ்வபாவம் – இன்னும் சிலர் கர்மாவினால் ஏற்பட்டது என்கின்றனர்.
அப்ரே ப்ரபும்- மற்றவர் இறைவனே காரணம் என்கின்றனர்.
அப்ரதர்க்யாத் – ஊகிக்க முடியாததும்
அனிர்தேச்யாத் –விவரம் கூற முடியாததுமான ஏதோ ஒன்றுதான் காரணம் என்பது
கேஷ்வபி – இன்னும் சிலரின்
நிஸ்சய: – கருத்து.
ராஜ்ர்ஷே – ராஜரிஷியே
அத்ர- இதில்
அனுரூபம் – பொருத்தமானதை
ஸ்வமநீஷயா – உங்கள் அறிவினால்
விமர்ச- ஆராய்ந்து கொள்ளுங்கள்.”

sutah uvaca–Suta Gosvami said; evam–so; dharme–the personality of religion; pravadati–thus having spoken;
sah–he; samrat–the Emperor; dvija-sattamah–O best among the brahmanas; samahitena–with proper attention;
manasa–by the mind; vikhedah–without any mistake; paryacasta–counter replied; tam–unto him.–1-17-21-

Suta Gosvami said: O best among the brahmanas, the Emperor Pariksit, thus hearing the personality of
religion speak, was fully satisfied, and

raja uvaca–the King said; dharmam–religion; bravisi–as you speak;dharma-jna–O one who knows the codes of religion;
dharmah–the personality of religion; asi–you are; vrsa-rupa-dhrk–in the disguise of a bull; yat–whatever;
adharma-krtah–one who acts irreligiously; sthanam–place; sucakasya–of the identifier; api–also; tat–that;
bhavet–becomes.–1-17-22-

The King said: O you, who are in the form of a bull! You know the truth of religion, and you are speaking
according to the principle that the destination intended for the perpetrator of irreligious acts is also
intended for one who identifies the perpetrator. You are no other than

athava–alternatively; deva–the Lord; mayayah–energies; nunam–very little; gatih–movement; ago cara–inconceivable;
cetasah–either by the mind; vacasah–by words; ca–or; api–also; bhutanam–of all living beings;
iti–thus; niscayah–concluded.–1-17-23-

Thus it is concluded that the Lord’s energies are inconceivable. No one can estimate them
by mental speculation or by word jugglery

tapah–austerity; saucam–cleanliness; daya–mercy; satyam–truthfulness; iti–thus; padah–legs; krte–in the age of Satya;
krtah–established; adharma–irreligiosity; amsaih–by the parts; trayah–three combined; bhagnah–broken; s maya–pride;
sanga–too much association with women; madaih–intoxication; tava–your.–1-17-24-

In the age of Satya [truthfulness] your four legs were established by the four principles of austerity,
cleanliness, mercy and truthfulness.
But it appears that three of your legs are broken due to rampant irreligion in the form of pride,
lust for women, and intoxication.

idanim–at the present moment; dharma–O personality of religion; padah–leg; te–of you; satyam–truthfulness;
nirvartayet–hobbling along somehow or other; yatah–whereby; tam–that; jighrksati–trying to destroy;
adharmah–the personality of irreligion; ayam–this; anrtena–by deceit; edhitah–flourishing;
kalih–quarrel personified.–1-17-25-

You are now standing on one leg only, which is your truthfulness, and you are somehow or other hobbling along.
But quarrel personified [Kali], flourishing by deceit, is also trying to destroy that leg

iyam–this; ca–and; bhumih–surface of the earth; bhagavata–by the Personality of Godhead;
nyasita–being performed personally as well as by others; uru–great; bhara–burden; sati–being so done;
sri madbhih–by the all-auspicious; tat–that; pada-nyasaih–footprints; sarvatah–all around;
krta–done; kautuka–good fortune.–1-17-26-

The burden of the earth was certainly diminished by the Personality of Godhead and by others as well.
When He was present as an incarnation, all good was performed because of His auspicious footprints.

socati–lamenting; asru-kala–with tears in the eyes; sadhvi–the chaste; durbhaga–as if the most unfortunate;
iva–like; ujjhita– forlorn; sati–being so done; abrahmanyah–devoid of brahminical culture;
nrpa-vyajah–posed as the ruler; sudrah–lower class; bhoks yanti–would enjoy; mam–me; iti–thus.–1-17-27-

Now she, the chaste one, being unfortunately forsaken by the Personality of Godhead, laments her future
with tears in her eyes, for now she is being ruled and enjoyed by lower-class men who pose as rulers.

iti–thus; dharmam–the personality of religion; mahim–the earth; ca–also; eva–as; santvayitva–after pacifying;
maha-ra thah–the general who could fight alone with thousands of enemies; nisatam–sharp; adade–took up;
khadgam–sword; kalaye–to kill the personified Kali; adharma–irreligion; he tave–the root cause.–1-17-28-

Maharaja Pariksit, who could fight one thousand enemies single handedly, thus pacified the personality
of religion and the earth. Then he took up his sharp sword to kill the personality of Kali, who is the
cause of all irreligion.

tam–him; jighamsum–willing to kill; abhi pretya–knowing it well; vihaya–leaving aside;
nrpa-lan chanam–the dress of a king; tat-padamulam–at his feet; sirasa–by the head; samagat–fully surrendered;
bhaya-vihvalah–under pressure of fearfulness.–1-17-29-

When the personality of Kali understood that the King was willing to kill him, he at once abandoned
the dress of a king and, under pressure of fear, completely surrendered to him, bowing his head

patitam–fallen; pada yoh–at the feet; virah–the hero; kr paya–out of compassion; dina-vat salah–kind to the poor;
saranyah–one who is qualified to accept surrender; na–not; ava dhit–did kill;
slo kyah–one who is worthy of being sung; aha–said; ca–also; idam–this; hasan– smiling; iva–like.–1-17-30-

Maharaja Pariksit, who was qualified to accept surrender and worthy of being sung in history,
did not kill the poor surrendered and fallen Kali,but smiled compassionately, for he was kind to the poor

raja uvaca–the King said; na–not; te–your; gudakesa–Arjuna; yasah dharanam– of us who inherited the fame;
baddha-anja leh–one with folded hands; vai–certainly; bhayam–fear; asti–there is; kincit–even as light; na–neither;
vartita vyam–can be allowed to live; bhavata–by you; kathancana–by all means; ksetre–in the land;
madiye–in my kingdom; tvam–you; adharma-bandhuh–the friend of irreligion.–1-17-31-

The King thus said: We have inherited the fame of Arjuna; therefore since you have surrendered yourself
with folded hands you need not fear for your life. But you cannot remain in my kingdom, for you are the
friend of irreligion

tvam–you; varta manam–while present; nara-deva–a man-god, or a king; de hesu–in the body;
anu pra vrttah–taking place everywhere; ayam–all these; adharma–irreligious principles; pugah–in the masses;
lo bhah–greed; anr tam–falsity; caur yam–robbery; anaryam–incivility; amhah–treachery; jyestha–misfortune;
ca–and; maya–cheating; kalahah–quarrel; ca–and; dam bhah–vanity.–1-17-32-

If the personality of Kali, irreligion, is allowed to act as a man-god or an executive head,
certainly irreligious principles like greed,falsehood, robbery, incivility, treachery, misfortune,
cheating, quarrel and vanity will abound

na–not; vartita vyam–deserve to remain; tat–therefore; adharma–irreligiosity; bandho–friend;
dharmena–with religion; satyena–with truth; ca–also; vartitavye–being situated in;
brahma-avarte–place where sacrifice is performed; yatra–where; ya janti–duly perform;
yaj naih–by sacrifices or devotional services; yajna-isvaram–unto the Supreme Lord, the Personality of Godhead;
yajna–sacrifice; vitana–spreading; vijnah–experts.–1-17-33-

Therefore, O friend of irreligion, you do not deserve to remain in a place where experts perform
sacrifices according to truth and religious principles for the satisfaction of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.

yasmin–in such sacrificial ceremonies; harih–the Supreme Lord; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead;
ijyamanah–being worshiped; ij yaat ma–the soul of all worshipable deities; mur tih–in the forms;
yajatam–those who worship; sam–welfare; tanoti–spreads; kaman–desires;
amoghan–inviolable; sthira-jangamanam–of all the moving and nonmoving;
antah–within; bahih–outside; vayuh–air; iva–like; esah–of all of them; atma–spirit soul.–1-17-34-

In all sacrificial ceremonies, although sometimes a demigod is worshiped, the Supreme Lord Personality
of Godhead is worshiped because He is the Supersoul of everyone, and exists both inside and outside like
the air. Thus it is He only who awards all welfare to the worshiper

sutah uvaca–Sri Suta Gosvami said; parik sita–by Maharaja Pariksit; evam–thus; adis tah–being ordered;
sah–he; kalih–the personality of Kali; jata–there was; vepa thuh–trembling; tam–him; ud yata–raised;
asim–sword; aha–said; idam–thus; danda-panim–Yamaraja, the personality of death;
iva–like; udya tam–almost ready.–1-17-35-

Sri Suta Gosvami said: The personality of Kali, thus being ordered by Maharaja Pariksit, began to tremble in fear.
Seeing the King before him like Yamaraja, ready to Kill him, Kali spoke to the King as follows

kalih uvaca–the personality of Kali said; yatra–anywhere; kva–and everywhere; va–either; atha–thereof;
vats yami–I shall reside; sarvabhauma–O lord (or emperor) of the earth; tava–your; ajnaya–by the order;
lak saye–I see; tatra tatra–anywhere and everywhere; api–also; tvam–Your Majesty; atta–taken over;
isu–arrows; sarasanam–bows.–1-17-36-

O Your Majesty, though I may live anywhere and everywhere under your order, I shall but see you
with bow and arrows wherever I look

tat–therefore; me–me; dharma-bhr tam–of all the protectors of religion; srestha–O chief; sthanam–place;
nir destum–fix; ar hasi–may you do so; yatra–where; eva–certainly; niya tah–always; vat sye–can reside;
atis than–permanently situated; te–your; anu sasanam–under your rule.–1-17-37-

Therefore, O chief amongst the protectors of religion, please fix some place for me where I can live
permanently under the protection of your government

sutah uvaca–Suta Gosvami said; abhyarthi tah–thus being petitioned; tada–at that time; tasmai–unto him;
sthanani–places; kalaye–to the personality of Kali; dadau–gave him permission; dyutam–gambling;
panam–drinking; striyah–illicit association with women; suna–animal slaughter; yatra–wherever;
adharmah–sinful activities; catuh-vidhah– four kinds of.–1-17-38-

Suta Gosvami said: Maharaja Pariksit, thus being petitioned by the personality of Kali,
gave him permission to reside in places where gambling, drinking, prostitution and
animal slaughter were performed.

punah–again; ca–also; yacamanaya–to the beggar; jata-rupam–gold; adat–gave away; pra bhuh–the King;
tatah–whereby; anr tam–falsehood;madam–intoxication; kamam–lust; rajah–on account of a passionate mood;
vairam–enmity; ca–also; pan camam–the fifth one.–1-17-39-

The personality of Kali asked for something more, and because of his begging, the King gave him permission
to live where there is gold because wherever there is gold there is also falsity,
intoxication, lust, envy and enmity.

amuni–all those; panca–five; sthanani–places; hi–certainly; adharma–irreligious principles;
pra bhavah–encouraging; kalih–the age of Kali; autta reyena–by the son of Uttara; dattani–delivered;
nyavasat–dwelt; tat–by him; nidesa-krt–directed.–1-17-40-

Thus the personality of Kali, by the directions of Maharaja Pariksit,
the son of Uttara, was allowed to live in those five places

atha–therefore; etani–all these; na–never; seveta–come in contact; bubhusuh–those who desire well-being;
puru sah–person; kva cit–in any circumstances; visesatah–specifically;
dharma-silah–those who are on the progressive path of liberation; raja–the king;
loka-patih–public leader; guruh–the brahmanas and the sannyasis.–1-17-41-

Therefore, whoever desires progressive well-being, especially kings, religionists, public leaders,
brahmanas and sannyasis, should never come in contact with the four above-mentioned irreligious principles

vr sasya–of the bull (the personality of religion); nastan–lost; trin–three; padan–legs; tapah–austerity;
saucam–cleanliness; dayam–mercy; iti–thus; pratisandadhe–reestablished; as vasya–by encouraging activities;
mahim–the earth; ca–and; samavardhayat–perfectly improved.–1-17-42-

Thereafter the King reestablished the lost legs of the personality of religion [the bull],
and by encouraging activities he sufficiently improved the condition of the earth.

sah–he; esah–this; etarhi–at the present; adh yas te–is ruling over; asanam–the throne;
parthiva-uci tam–just befitting a king; pitamahena–by the grandfather; upan yastam–being handed over;
rajna–by the King; aranyam–forest; viviksata–desiring; aste–is there; adhuna–at present;
sah–that; raja-rsih–the sage amongst the kings; kaurava-indra–the chief amongst the Kuru kings;
sriya–glories; ullasan–spreading;gajah vaye–in Hastinapura; maha-bhagah–the most fortunate;
cakravarti–the Emperor; brhat-sra vah–highly famous.–1-17-43 /44

The most fortunate Emperor Maharaja Pariksit, who was entrusted with the kingdom of Hastinapura
by Maharaja Yudhisthira when he desired to retire to the forest, is now ruling the world with
great success due to his being glorified by the deeds of the kings of the Kuru dynasty

tt ham-bhuta–being thus; anubhavah–experience; ayam–of this; abhimanyu-sutah–son of Abhimanyu;
n rpah–the king; yasya–whose;palayatah–on account of his ruling; ksau nim–on the earth; yuyam–you all;
satraya–in performing sacrifices; diksitah–initiated.–1-17-45-

Maharaja Pariksit, the son of Abhimanyu, is so experienced that by dint of his expert administration
and patronage, it has been possible for you to perform a sacrifice such as this

——————-

பரீக்ஷித் ஒரு பசுவும் ஒரு காளை மாடும் நிற்பதைக் கண்டான். அந்த காளை மாட்டுக்கு ஒரு கால் மட்டுமே இருந்தது.
அந்தப் பசு கன்றை இழந்து கண்ணீர் பெருக நின்றது. அங்கு ஒரு மனிதன் ராஜ உடையுடன் காளையை அடித்துக் கொண்டும்
பசுவை உதைத்துக் கொண்டும் இருந்தான்.

அந்த காளை மாடுதான் தர்மம் . அந்தப் பசு தான் பூமி. அந்த மனிதன் தான் கலிபுருஷன்.
கண்ண பிரான் சென்றுவிட்டதை நினைந்தும் தர்மமாகிற காளை தன் கால்களை இழந்தது பற்றியும்
கலி புருஷன் உலகை ஆக்ரமித்ததால் வரகூடும் கேடுகளைப் பற்றியும் வருந்தி பூமியாகிற பசு கண்ணீர் விட்டு அழுதது.

அப்போது அங்கு வந்த பரீக்ஷித் அந்த பிராணிகளை துன்புறுத்தும் மனிதனைக் கண்டு அவனைக் கொன்று விடுவதாக மிரட்டினான்.
அந்தப் பசுவும் காளையும் சாதாரண மிருகங்கள் அல்ல என்று உணர்ந்து அவைகளை நீங்கள் யார் ,
உங்களை இந்த நிலைக்கு ஆளாக்கினது யார் என்று கேட்க,

காளை வடிவத்தில் இருந்த தர்மம் கூறிற்று.
“எங்களுக்கு இந்த நிலையின் காரணம் புரியவில்லை.

கேசித் விகல்பவாஸனா ஆஹு: ஆத்மானம் ஆத்மன:
தைவம் அன்யே பரே கர்மஸ்வபாவம் அபரே ப்ரபும்
அப்ரதர்க்யாத் அனிர்தேச்யாத் கேஷ்வபி நிஸ்சய:
அத்ரானுரூபம் ராஜர்ஷே விமர்ச ஸ்வமநீஷயா

இதன் பொருள்.
விகல்பவாஸனா கேசித் – விகல்பம் பேசும் சிலர்
ஆத்மானம் ஆத்மனா- தம் நிலைக்குத் தாமே காரணம் என்கின்றனர்.
அன்யே தைவம்- இன்னும் சிலர் விதியே காரணம் என்கின்றனர்.
பரே கர்மஸ்வபாவம் – இன்னும் சிலர் கர்மாவினால் ஏற்பட்டது என்கின்றனர்.
அப்ரே ப்ரபும்- மற்றவர் இறைவனே காரணம் என்கின்றனர்.
அப்ரதர்க்யாத் – ஊகிக்க முடியாததும்
அனிர்தேச்யாத் –விவரம் கூற முடியாததுமான ஏதோ ஒன்றுதான் காரணம் என்பது
கேஷ்வபி – இன்னும் சிலரின்
நிஸ்சய: – கருத்து.
ராஜ்ர்ஷே – ராஜரிஷியே
அத்ர- இதில்
அனுரூபம் – பொருத்தமானதை
ஸ்வமநீஷயா – உங்கள் அறிவினால்
விமர்ச- ஆராய்ந்து கொள்ளுங்கள்.”

இங்கு வேதாந்தம், நியாயம் சார்வாகம், மீமாம்சம், சாங்க்யம் ஆகியவற்றின் கொள்கைகள் குறிப்பிடப்படுகின்றன.
இந்த வார்த்தைகளில் இருந்து பரீக்ஷித் பேசினது தர்ம தேவதையே என்று உணர்ந்தான். ( வ்ருஷ என்றால் தர்மம் என்றும் ஒரு பொருள். )

பரீக்ஷித் கூறியது.
“ தவம், தூய்மை ,, தயை, சத்யம் என்ற நான்கு கால்கள் உனக்கு க்ருத யுகத்தில் இருந்தன.
தவம் அகந்தையாலும், தூய்மை பற்றினாலும் , தயை ஆசையினாலும் அழிக்கப் பட்டு விட்டன.,
இப்போது சத்யம் என்ற ஒரே பாதத்துடன் இருக்கிறாய். இந்த கலிபுருஷன் அதையும் அழிக்க விரும்புகிறான்.
இந்தப் பசுவாகிய பூமி கண்ணன் மறைவிற்குப் பிறகு ஆதரிப்பார் இல்லாமல் கண்ணீர் விடுகிறது.

அதர்மத்தின் உருவாகிய இந்த கலியை நான் அழிப்பேன் என்று வாளை ஓங்கினான்.
கலி புருஷன் காலில் வீழ்ந்து மன்னிக்க வேண்ட பரீக்ஷித் வேள்வியால் பகவானை ஆராதிக்கும் ப்ரஹ்ம வர்தமாகிய
இந்த உலகத்தில் இருக்கக் கூடாது என்று கூற கலிபுருஷன் தான் வசிக்க ஒரு இடத்தைக் குறிப்பிடுமாறு வேண்ட பரீக்ஷித் ,
சூது குடி, வ்யபிசாரம் கொலை இவை எந்குள்ளதோ அங்கு கலியானவன் வசிக்கலாம் என்று கூறினான்.

இன்னும் ஒரு இடத்தை கலி வேண்ட பரீக்ஷித் அவனுக்கு பொன்னை இருப்பிடமாக அளித்தான் .
கலி புருஷன் மகிழ்ச்சி அடைந்தான் அதிலிருந்து தான் எல்லா தீமைகளும் தொடங்கின .
ஏனென்றால் பொன்னாசை தான் மற்ற நான்கு தீமைகளுக்கும் வழி வகுக்கிறது.
பணத்தின்மேல் ஆசை இயலாதவர் எந்த தீயவழிக்கும் போக மாட்டார்.

கலிபுருஷன் யுக தர்மப்படி அவன் கடமையை செய்வதால் அவனை கொல்லாமல் விட்ட பரீக்ஷித்திடம் கலியானவன்
பிற்காலத்தில் அவனுடைய சேஷ்டையைக் காண்பிக்க அதன் விளைவாக பிராம்மண சாபம் அடைந்து
ஸ்ரவசங்க பரித்யாகம் செய்து சுகரால் பாகவத் உபதேசம் பெற்று கங்கைக்கரையில் உயிர் நீத்தான்..

பாகாவதம் கூறுகிறது.
நானுத்வேஷ்டி கலிம் சம்ராட் ஸாரங்க இவ ஸாரபுக்
குசலானி ஆசு ஸித்யந்தி நேதராணி க்ருதானி யத்.
சமராட்- ராஜாவான பரீக்ஷித்
கலிம்- கலியை
ஸாரபுக்- பூவில் உள்ள தேனை க்ரஹிக்கும்
ஸாரங்க இவ- தேனியைப்போல ( கலியிடம் உள்ள ஒரு நல்ல குணத்தினால்)
ந அனுத்வேஷ்டி- பகைக்கவில்லை. அது என்னவென்றால் கலியுகத்தில்
குசலானி க்ருதானி – நல்ல செயல்கள்
ஆசு – உடனே ( எண்ணிய மாத்திரத்திலேயே)
ஸித்யந்தி -பலனளிக்கின்றன
ந இதராணி- மற்றவை அப்படி அல்ல. ( செய்தபிறகே பயன். )
அதாவது நாம் நல்லதை எண்ணினாலே புண்ணியம் என்று பொருள்.

கலி ஸாது என்று ஒரு வாக்கியம் இருக்கிறது. ஏனென்றால் மற்ற யுகங்களில் பகவானை அடைய
தவம் யோகம் போன்ற கடினமான வழிகள் இந்த யுகத்தில் இல்லை . நாமசங்கீர்த்தனமே போதும்.,

———————————————————-

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -முதல் ஸ்கந்தம் — 16 th அத்யாயம்-ஸ்ரீ பரிஷித் கலி யுகம் பிறப்பு–

August 20, 2020

sutah uvaca–Suta Gosvami said;
tatah–thereafter; pariksit–Maharaja Pariksit; dvija-varya–the great twice-born brahmanas;
siksaya–by their instructions; mahim–the earth; maha-bhagavatah–the great devotee;
sasasa–ruled; ha–in the past; yatha–as they told it; hi–certainly;sutyam–at the time of his birth;
abhijata-kovidah–expert astrologers at the time of birth; samadisan–gave their opinions;
vipra–O brahmanas;mahat-gunah–great qualities; tatha–true to that.–1-16-1-

Suta Gosvami said: O learned brahmanas, Maharaja Pariksit then began to rule over the world as a
great devotee of the Lord under the instructions of the best of the twice-born brahmanas.
He ruled by those great qualities which were foretold by expert astrologers at the time of

sah–he; uttarasya–of King Uttara; tanayam–daughter; upayeme– married; iravatim–Iravati;
janamejaya-adin–headed by Maharaja Janamejaya; caturah–four; tasyam–in her;
utpadayat–begot; sutan–sons.–1-16-2-

King Pariksit married the daughter of King Uttara and begot four sons,

ajahara–performed; asva-medhan–horse sacrifices; trin–three; gangayam–the bank of the Ganges;
bhuri–sufficiently; daksinan–rewards; saradvatam–unto Krpacarya; gurum–spiritual master;
krtva–having selected; devah–the demigods; yatra–wherein; aksi–eyes;
gocarah– within the purview.–1-16-3-

Maharaja Pariksit, after having selected Krpacarya for guidance as his spiritual master,
performed three horse sacrifices on the banks of the Ganges.
These were executed with sufficient rewards for the attendants.

nijagraha–sufficiently punished; ojasa–by prowess; virah–valiant hero;
kalim–unto Kali, the master of the age; digvijaye–on his way to conquer the world;
kvacit–once upon a time; nrpa-linga-dharam–one who passes in the dress of a king;
sudram–the lower class; ghnantam– hurting; go-mithunam–a cow and bull; pada–on the leg.–1-16-4-

Once, when Maharaja Pariksit was on his way to conquer the world, he saw the master of Kali-yuga,
who was lower than a sudra, disguised as a king and hurting the legs of a cow and bull.
The King at once caught hold

saunakah uvaca–Saunaka Rsi said; kasya–for what; hetoh–reason; nijagraha–sufficiently punished;
kalim–the master of the age of Kali;digvijaye–during the time of his world tour;
nrpah–the King; nr-deva–royal person; cihna-dhrk–decorated like; sudrakah–lowest of the sudras;
asau–he; gam–cow; yah–one who; pada ahanat–struck on the leg; tat– all that; kathyatam–please describe;
maha-bhaga–O greatly fortunate one; yadi–if, however; krsna–about Krsna; katha-asrayam–related withHis topics–1-16-5-

Saunaka Rsi inquired: Why did Maharaja Pariksit simply punish him, since he was the lowest of the sudras,
having dressed as a king and having struck a cow on the leg? Please describe all these incidents if

athava–otherwise; asya–of His (Lord Krsna’s); pada-ambhoja–lotus feet;
makaranda-liham–of those who lick the honey from such a lotus flower;
satam–of those who are to exist eternally; kim anyaih–what is the use of anything else; asat–illusory;
alapaih–topics; ayusah–of the duration of life; yat–that which is; asat-vyayah–unnecessary waste of life–1-16-6-

The devotees of the Lord are accustomed to licking up the honey available from the lotus feet
of the Lord. What is the use of topics

ksudra–very small; ayusam–of the duration of life; nrnam–of the human beings; anga–O Suta Gosvami;
martyanam–of those who are sure to meet death; rtam–eternal life; icchatam–of those who desire it;
iha– herein; upahutah–called for being present; bhagavan–representing the Lord;
mrtyuh–the controller of death, Yamaraja; samitra–suppressing; karmani–performances.–1-16-7-

O Suta Gosvami, there are those amongst men who desire freedom from death and get eternal life.
They escape the slaughtering process by

na–not; kascit–anyone; mriyate–will die; tavat–so long; yavat–as long as; aste–is present; iha–herein;
antakah–one who causes the end of life; etat–this; artham–reason; hi–certainly;
bhagavan–the representative of the Lord; ahutah–invited; parama-rsibhih–by the great sages; aho–alas;
nr-loke–in human society; piyeta–let them drink; hari-lila–transcendental pastimes of the Lord;
amrtam–nectar for eternal life; vacah–narrations.–1-16-8-

As long as Yamaraja, who causes everyone’s death, is present here, no one shall meet with death.
The great sages have invited the controller of death, Yamaraja, who is the representative of the Lord.
Living beings who are under his grip should take advantage by hearing the deathless nectar

mandasya–of the lazy; manda–paltry; prajnasya–of intelligence; vayah–age; manda–short;
ayusah–of duration of life; ca–and; vai– exactly; nidraya–by sleeping; hriyate–passes away;
naktam–night; diva–daytime; ca–also; vyartha–for nothing; karmabhih–by activities.–1-16-9-

Lazy human beings with paltry intelligence and a short duration of life pass the night sleeping
and the day performing activities that are

sutah uvaca–Suta Gosvami said;
yada–when; pariksit–Maharaja Pariksit; kuru-jangale–in the capital of Kuru’s empire; avasat–was residing;
kalim–the symptoms of the age of Kali; pravistam–entered;nija-cakravartite–within his jurisdiction;
nisamya–thus hearing;vartam–news; anati-priyam–not very palatable; tatah–thereafter;
sarasanam–arrows and bow; samyuga–having gotten a chance for; saundih–martial activities;
adade–took up.–1-16-10-

Suta Gosvami said: While Maharaja Pariksit was residing in the capital of the Kuru empire,
the symptoms of the age of Kali began to infiltrate within the jurisdiction of his state.
When he learned about this, he did not think the matter very palatable.
This did, however, give him a chance to fight.
He took up his bow and arrows and prepared himself for military

su-alankrtam–very well decorated; syama–black; turanga–horses; yojitam–tackled; ratham–chariot;
mrga-indra–lion; dhvajam–flagged; asritah–under the protection; purat–from the capital;
vrtah–surrounded by; ratha–charioteers; asva–cavalry; dvipapatti–elephants; yuktaya–thus being equipped;
sva-senaya–along with infantry; digvijayaya–for the purpose of conquering; nirgatah–went out.–1-16-11-

Maharaja Pariksit sat on a chariot drawn by black horses.
His flag was marked with the sign of a lion.
Being so decorated and surrounded by charioteers, cavalry, elephants and infantry soldiers,
he left the

bhadrasvam–Bhadrasva; ketumalam–Ketumala; ca–also; bharatam–Bharata; ca–and;
uttaran–the northern countries; kurun–the kingdom of the Kuru dynasty;
kimpurusa-adini–a country beyond the northern side of the Himalayas; varsani–parts of the earth planet;
vijitya–conquering; jagrhe–exacted; balim–strength.–1-16-12-

Maharaja Pariksit then conquered all parts of the earthly planet–
Bhadrasva, Ketumala, Bharata, the northern Kuru, Kimpurusa, etc.–and

tatra tatra–everywhere the King visited; upasrnvanah–continuously he heard;
sva-purvesam–about his own forefathers; maha-atmanam–who were all great devotees of the Lord;
pragiyamanam–unto those who were thus addressing; ca–also; yasah–glories; krsna–Lord Krsna;
mahatmya–glorious acts; sucakam–indicating; atmanam–his personal self; ca–also;
paritratam–delivered; asvatthamnah–of Asvatthama; astra–weapon;tejasah–powerful rays;
sneham–affection; ca–also; vrsni-parthanam–between descendants of Vrsni and those of Prtha;
tesam–of all of them;bhaktim–devotion; ca–also; kesave–unto Lord Krsna; tebhyah–unto them;
parama–extremely; santustah–pleased; priti–attraction; ujjrmbhita–pleasingly open;
locanah–one who has such eyes; maha-dhanani–valuable riches; vasamsi–clothing; dadau–gave in charity;
haran–necklace; mahamanah–one who has a broader outlook.–1-16-13 /14 /15-

Wherever the King visited, he continuously heard the glories of his great forefathers,
who were all devotees of the Lord, and also of the glorious acts of Lord Krsna.
He also heard how he himself had been protected by the Lord from the powerful heat of the weapon of Asvatthama.
People also mentioned the great affection between the descendants of Vrsni and Prtha due to
the latter’s great devotion to Lord Kesava. The King, being very pleased with the singers of
such glories, opened his eyes in great satisfaction.
Out of magnanimity he was pleased to award

sarathya–acceptance of the post of a chariot driver;
parasada–acceptance of the presidency in the assembly of the Rajasuya sacrifice;
sevana–engaging the mind constantly in the service of the Lord;
sakhya–to think of the Lord as a friend; dautya–acceptance of the post of a messenger;
vira-asana–acceptance of the post of a watchman with a drawn sword at night;
anugamana–following in the footsteps; stavana–offering of prayers; pranaman–offering obeisances;
snigdhesu–unto them who are malleable to the will of the Lord; pandusu–unto the sons of Pandu;
jagat–the universal; pranatim–one who is obeyed; ca–and; visnoh–of Visnu; bhaktim–devotion;
karoti–does; nr-patih–the King; caranaaravinde–unto His lotus feet.–1-16-16-

Maharaja Pariksit heard that out of His causeless mercy Lord Krsna [Visnu], who is universally obeyed,
rendered all kinds of service to the malleable sons of Pandu by accepting posts ranging from chariot driver to
president to messenger, friend, night watchman, etc., according to the will of the Pandavas,
obeying them like a servant and offering obeisances like one younger in years.
When he heard this, Maharaja Pariksit became

tasya–of Maharaja Pariksit; evam–thus; vartamanasya–remaining absorbed in such thought;
purvesam–of his forefathers; vrttim–good engagement; anvaham–day after day; na–not; ati-dure–far off;
kila–verily; ascaryam–astonishing; yat–that; asit–was; tat–which; nibodha–know it; me–from me.–1-16-17-

Now you may hear from me of what happened while Maharaja Pariksit was passing his days hearing of
the good occupations of his forefathers and being absorbed in thought of them.

dharmah–the personality of religious principles; pada–leg; ekena–on one only; caran–wandering;
vicchayam–overtaken by the shadow of grief;upalabhya–having met; gam–the cow; prcchati–asking;
sma–with; asruvadanam–with tears on the face; vivatsam–one who has lost her offspring;
iva–like; mataram–the mother.–1-16-18-

The personality of religious principles, Dharma, was wandering about in the form of a bull.
And he met the personality of earth in the form of a cow who appeared to grieve like a mother
who had lost her child. She had tears in her eyes, and the beauty of her body was lost.
Thus Dharma

dharmah uvaca–Dharma inquired; kaccit–whether; bhadre–madam; anamayam–quite hale and hearty;
atmanah–self; te–unto you; vicchayaasi–appear to be covered with the shadow of grief;
mlayata–which darkens; isat–slightly; mukhena–by the face; alaksaye–you look;
bhavatim–unto yourself; antaradhim–some disease within; dure–long distant; bandhum–friend;
socasi–thinking of; kancana–someone; amba–O mother–1-16-19-

Dharma [in the form of a bull] asked: Madam, are you not hale and hearty?
Why are you covered with the shadow of grief?
It appears by your face that you have become black. Are you suffering from some internal
disease, or are you thinking of some relative who is away in a distant

padaih–by three legs; nyunam–diminished; socasi–if you are lamenting for that; ma–my;
eka-padam–only one leg; atmanam–own body;va–or; vrsalaih–by the unlawful meat-eaters;
bhoksyamanam–to be exploited; ahoh–in sacrifice; sura-adin–the authorized demigods;
hrtayajna–devoid of sacrificial; bhagan–share; prajah–the living beings;
uta–increasing; svit–whether; maghavati–in famine and scarcity;
avarsati–because of rainlessness.–1-16-20-

I have lost my three legs and am now standing on one only.
Are you lamenting for my state of existence?
Or are you in great anxiety because henceforward the unlawful meat-eaters will exploit you?
Or are you in a sorry plight because the demigods are now bereft of their share of
sacrificial offerings because no sacrifices are being performed at present?
Or are you grieving for living beings because of their

araksyamanah–unprotected; striyah–women; urvi–on the earth; balan–children;
socasi–you are feeling compassion; atho–as such; purusaadaih–by men; iva–like that;
artan–those who are unhappy; vacam–vocabulary; devim–the goddess;
brahma-kule–in the family of the brahmana; kukarmani–acts against the principles of religion;
abrahmanye–persons against the brahminical culture; raja-kule–in the administrative family;
kula-agryan–most of all the families (the brahmanas).–1-16-21-

Are you feeling compunction for the unhappy women and children who are left forlorn by
unscrupulous persons? Or are you unhappy because the goddess of learning is being handled by
brahmanas addicted to acts against the principles of religion?
Or are you sorry to see that the brahmanas have taken shelter of administrative families that do not

kim–whether; ksatra-bandhun–the unworthy administrators;
kalina–by the influence of the age of Kali; upasrstan–bewildered; rastrani–state affairs; va–or;
taih–by them; avaropitani–put into disorder; itah– here; tatah–there; va–or; asana–accepting foodstuff;
pana–drink;vasah–residence; snana–bath; vyavaya–sexual intercourse;
unmukha– inclined; jiva-lokam–human society–1-16-22-

The so-called administrators are now bewildered by the influence of this age of Kali,
and thus they have put all state affairs into disorder.
Are you now lamenting this disorder? Now the general populace does not
follow the rules and regulations for eating, sleeping, drinking, mating, etc., and they are
inclined to perform such anywhere and everywhere. Are

yadva–that may be; amba–O mother; te–your; bhuri–heavy; bhara–load; avatara–decreasing the load;
krta–done; avatarasya–one who incarnated; hareh–of Lord Sri Krsna; dharitri–O earth;
antarhitasya–of Him who is now out of sight; smarati–while thinking of;
visrsta–all that were performed; karmani–activities; nirvana–salvation;
vilambitani–that which entails.–1-16-23-

O mother earth, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, Hari, incarnated Himself as Lord Sri Krsna
just to unload your heavy burden. All His activities here are transcendental,
and they cement the path of liberation. You are now bereft of His presence.
You are probably now thinking of those activities and feeling sorry in their absence.

idam–this; mama–unto me; acaksva–kindly inform; tava–your; adhimulam–the root cause of your tribulations;
vasundhare–O reservoir of all riches; yena–by which; vikarsita asi–reduced to much weakness;
kalena–by the influence of time; va–or; te–your; balinam–very powerful; baliyasa–more powerful;
sura-arcitam–adored by the demigods;kim–whether; hrtam–taken away; amba–mother; saubhagam–fortune.–1-16-24-

Mother, you are the reservoir of all riches. Please inform me of the root cause of your tribulations
by which you have been reduced to such a weak state. I think that the powerful influence of time,
which conquers the most powerful, might have forcibly taken away all your fortune, which
was adored even by the demigods.

dharani uvaca–mother earth replied; bhavan–your good self; hi–certainly; veda–know;
tat sarvam–all that you have inquired from me; yat–that; mam–from me;
dharma–O personality of religious principles;
anuprcchasi–you have inquired one after another; caturbhih–by four; vartase–you exist; yena–by which;
padaih–by the legs; loka–in each and every planet; sukha-avahaih–increasing the happiness.–1-16-25-

The earthly deity [in the form of a cow] thus replied to the personality of religious principles
[in the form of a bull]: O Dharma,whatever you have inquired from me shall be known to you.
I shall try to reply to all those questions. Once you too were maintained by your four legs,
and you increased happiness all over the universe by the mercy of the Lord.

satyam–truthfulness; saucam–cleanliness; daya–intolerance of others’ unhappiness;
ksantih–self-control even if there is cause of anger; tyagah–magnanimity; santosah–self-satisfaction;
arjavam–straightforwardness; samah–fixing of the mind; damah–control of the sense organs;
tapah–trueness to one’s responsibility; samyam–indiscrimination between friend and foe;
titiksa–tolerance of the offenses of others; uparatih–indifference to loss and gain;
srutam– following scriptural injunctions; jnanam–knowledge (self-realization);
viraktih–detachment from sense enjoyment; aisvaryam–leadership;
sauryam–chivalry; tejah–influence; balam–to render possible that which is impossible;
smrtih–to find one’s proper duty; svatantryam–not to depend on others;
kausalam–dexterity in all activities; kantih–beauty; dhairyam–freedom from disturbance;
mardavam–kindheartedness; eva–thus;ca–also; pragalbhyam–ingenuity; prasrayah–gentility;
silam– mannerliness; sahah–determination; ojah–perfect knowledge; balam– proper execution;
bhagah–object of enjoyment; gambhiryam–joyfulness;sthairyam–immovability; astikyam–faithfulness;
kirtih–fame; manah– worthy of being worshiped; anahankrtih–pridelessness; ete–all these;
ca anye–also many others; ca–and; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; nityah–everlasting; yatra–where;
maha-gunah–great qualities; prarthyah–worthy to possess; mahattvam–greatness;
icchadbhih–those who desire so; na–never; viyanti–deteriorates; sma–ever; karhicit–at any time; tena–by Him;
aham–myself; guna-patrena–the reservoir of all qualities; sri–the goddess of fortune; nivasena–by the resting place;
sampratam–very recently; socami–I am thinking of; rahitam–bereft of; lokam–planets;
papmana–by the store of all sins; kalina–by Kali;iksitam–is seen.–1-16-26 /27 /28 /29 /30–

In Him reside (1) truthfulness, (2) cleanliness, (3) intolerance of another’s unhappiness,
(4) the power to control anger, (5) selfsatisfaction,(6) straightforwardness, (7) steadiness of mind,
(8)control of the sense organs, (9) responsibility, (10) equality, (11)tolerance, (12) equanimity,
(13) faithfulness, (14) knowledge, (15)absence of sense enjoyment, (16) leadership, (17) chivalry,
(18) influence, (19) the power to make everything possible, (20) the discharge of proper duty,
(21) complete independence, (22) dexterity, (23) fullness of all beauty, (24) serenity, (25) kindheartedness,
(26) ingenuity, (27) gentility, (28) magnanimity, (29) determination, (30) perfection in all knowledge,
(31) proper execution, (32) possession of all objects of enjoyment, (33) joyfulness, (34) immovability,
(35) fidelity, (36) fame, (37) worship, (38) pridelessness, (39) being (as the Personality of Godhead),
(40) eternity, and many other transcendental qualities which are eternally present and never to be separated from Him.
That Personality of Godhead, the reservoir of all goodness and beauty, Lord Sri Krsna, has now closed His
transcendental pastimes on the face of the earth. In His absence the age of Kali has spread its influence
everywhere, so I am sorry to see this condition of existence

atmanam–myself; ca–also; anusocami–lamenting; bhavantam–yourself; ca–as well as;
amara-uttamam–the best amongst the demigods; devan–about the demigods;
pitrn–about the denizens of the Pitrloka planet;rsin–about the sages; sadhun–about the devotees;
sarvan–all of them;varnan–sections; tatha–as also; asraman–orders of human society–1-16-31-

I am thinking about myself and also, O best amongst the demigods, about you, as well as about
all the demigods, sages, denizens of Pitrloka, devotees of the Lord and all men obedient
to the system of varna and asrama in human society.

brahma-adayah–demigods such as Brahma; bahu-titham–for many days; yat–of Laksmi, the goddess of fortune;
apanga-moksa–glance of grace;kamah–being desirous of; tapah–penances; samacaran–executing;
bhagavat–unto the Personality of Godhead; prapannah–surrendered; sa–she (the goddess of fortune);
srih–Laksmiji; sva-vasam–her own abode;aravinda-vanam–the forest of lotus flowers; vihaya–leaving aside;
yat–whose; pada–feet; saubhagam–all-blissful; alam–without hesitation;
bhajate–worships; anurakta–being attached; tasya–His; aham–myself;
abja–lotus flower; kulisa–thunderbolt; ankusa–rod for driving elephants; ketu–flag; ketaih–impressions;
srimat–the owner of all opulence; padaih–by the soles of the feet; bhagavatah–of the Personality of Godhead;
samalankrta-angi–one whose body is so decorated;trin–three; ati–superseding; aroce–beautifully decorated;
upalabhya–having obtained; tatah–thereafter; vibhutim–specific powers; lokan– planetary systems; sah–He; mam–me;
vyasrjat–gave up; utsmayatim–while feeling proud; tat-ante–at the end.–1-16-32 /33–

Laksmiji, the goddess of fortune, whose glance of grace was sought by demigods like Brahma and for whom
they surrendered many a day unto the Personality of Godhead, gave up her own abode in the forest of lotus
flowers and engaged herself in the service of the lotus feet of the Lord.
I was endowed with specific powers to supersede the fortune of all the three planetary systems by
being decorated with the impressions of the flag, thunderbolt, elephant-driving rod and lotus flower,
which are signs of the lotus feet of the Lord. But at the end, when I felt I was so
fortunate, the Lord left me.

yah–He who; vai–certainly; mama–mine; ati-bharam–too burdensome; asura-vamsa–unbelievers;
rajnam–of the kings; aksauhini–one military division; satam–hundreds of such divisions;
apanudat–extirpated; atmatantrah–self-sufficient; tvam–unto you; duhstham–put into difficulty;
una-padam–devoid of strength to stand; atmani–internal; paurusena–by dint of energy;
sampadayan–for executing; yadusu–in the Yadu dynasty; ramyam–transcendentally beautiful;
abibhrat–accepted; angam–body.–1-16-34-

O personality of religion, I was greatly overburdened by the undue military phalanxes arranged by
atheistic kings, and I was relieved by the grace of the Personality of Godhead.
Similarly you were also in a distressed condition, weakened in your standing strength, and thus He
also incarnated by His internal energy in the family of the Yadus to relieve you

ka–who; va–either; saheta–can tolerate; viraham–separation;
purusa-uttamasya–of the Supreme Personality of Godhead; prema–loving; avaloka–glancing;
rucira-smita–pleasing smile; valgu-jalpaih–hearty appeals; sthairyam–gravity;
sa-manam–along with passionate wrath; aharat–conquered; madhu–sweethearts;
manininam–women such as Satyabhama; roma-utsavah–hair standing on end out of pleasure;
mama–mine; yat–whose; anghri–feet; vitankitayah–imprinted with–1-16-35-

Who, therefore, can tolerate the pangs of separation from that Supreme Personality of Godhead?
He could conquer the gravity and passionate wrath of His sweethearts like Satyabhama by His sweet
smile of love, pleasing glance and hearty appeals. When He traversed my [earth’s] surface,
I would be immersed in the dust of His lotus feet and thus would be sumptuously covered with
grass which appeared like hairs standing on me out of pleasure

tayoh–between them; evam–thus; kathayatoh–engaged in conversation; prthivi–earth;
dharmayoh–and the personality of religion; tada–at that time; pariksit–King Pariksit; nama–of the name;
raja-rsih–a saint amongst kings; praptah–arrived; pracim–flowing towards the east; sarasvatim–River Sarasvati.–1-16-36-

While the earth and the personality of religion were thus engaged in conversation, the saintly King
Pariksit reached the shore of the Sarasvati River, which flowed towards the east.

————–

பரீக்ஷித் அரசாண்ட போது சப்த த்வீபங்களையும் ஜெயித்து தன் ஆளுகைக்கு கீழ் கொண்டு வந்தான்.
( இந்த த்வீபங்களைப் பற்றி விரிவாக பின்னொரு ஸ்கந்தத்தில் காணலாம்.

அவன் தன் முன்னோர்களையும் கிருஷ்ணனையும் பற்றி அறிந்து தீவிர கிருஷ்ண பக்தனாக ஆனான். .
ஒரு சமயம் அவன் குரு க்ஷேத்ரம் சென்றபோது ஒரு அதிசயத்தைக் கண்டான்.

———————————————————-

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -முதல் ஸ்கந்தம் — 15 th அத்யாயம்–ஸ்ரீ பாண்டவர்கள் ஸ்வர்க்கம் செல்லுதல்==

August 20, 2020

sutah uvaca–Suta Gosvami said;
evam–thus; krsna-sakhah–the celebrated friend of Krsna; krsnah–Arjuna; bhratra–by his elder brother;
rajna–King Yudhisthira; vikalpitah–speculated; nana–various;
sanka-aspadam–based on many doubts; rupam–forms; krsna–Lord Sri Krsna;
vislesa–feelings of separation; karsitah–became greatly bereaved.–1-15-1-

Suta Gosvami said: Arjuna, the celebrated friend of Lord Krsna, was grief-stricken
because of his strong feeling of separation from Krsna,

sokena–due to bereavement; susyat-vadana–drying up of the mouth; hrt-sarojah–lotuslike heart;
hata–lost; prabhah–bodily luster; vibhum–the Supreme; tam–unto Lord Krsna; eva–certainly;
anusmaran–thinking within; na–could not; asaknot–be able; pratibhasitum–properly replying.–1-15-2-

Due to grief, Arjuna’s mouth and lotuslike heart had dried up.
Therefore his body lost all luster. Now, remembering the Supreme Lord, he could hardly utter a word in reply.

krcchrena–with great difficulty; samstabhya–by checking the force;sucah–of bereavement; panina–with his hands;
amrjya–smearing;netrayoh–the eyes; paroksena–due to being out of sight; samunnaddha–increasingly;
pranaya-autkanthya–eagerly thinking of the affection;katarah–distressed–1-15-3-

With great difficulty he checked the tears of grief that smeared his eyes.
He was very distressed because Lord Krsna was out of his sight, and
he increasingly felt affection for Him.

sakhyam–well-wishing; maitrim–benediction; sauhrdam–intimately related; ca–also;
sarathya-adisu–in becoming the chariot driver;samsmaran–remembering all these; nrpam–unto the King;
agrajam–the eldest brother; iti–thus; aha–said; baspa–heavily breathing;
gadgadaya–overwhelmingly; gira–by speeches.–1-15-4-

Remembering Lord Krsna and His well-wishes, benefactions, intimate
familial relations and His chariot driving, Arjuna, overwhelmed and

arjunah uvaca–Arjuna said; vancitah–left by Him; aham–myself; maharaja– O King;
harina–by the Personality of Godhead; bandhu-rupina–as if an intimate friend; yena–by whom;
me–my; apahrtam–I have been bereft;tejah–power; deva–the demigods; vismapanam–astonishing;
mahat–astounding.–1-15-5-

Arjuna said: O King! The Supreme Personality of Godhead Hari, who treated me exactly like an
intimate friend, has left me alone. Thus my astounding power, which astonished even the demigods,
is no longer with

yasya–whose; ksana–a moment; viyogena–by separation; lokah–all the universes; hi–certainly;
apriya-darsanah–everything appears unfavorable; ukthena–by life; rahitah–being devoid of;
hi–certainly;esah–all these bodies; mrtakah–dead bodies; procyate–are designated;yatha–as it were.–1-15-6-

I have just lost Him whose separation for a moment would render all

yat–by whose merciful; samsrayat–by strength; drupada-geham–in the palace of King Drupada;
upagatanam–all those assembled; rajnam–of the princes;
svayamvara-mukhe–on the occasion of the selection of the bridegroom;
smara-durmadanam–all lusty in thought; tejah–power; hrtam– vanquished; khalu–as it were; maya–by me;
abhihatah–pierced; ca–also;matsyah–the fish target; sajji-krtena–by equipping the bow;
dhanusa–by that bow also; adhigata–gained; ca–also; krsna–Draupadi.–1-15-7-

Only by His merciful strength was I able to vanquish all the lusty princes assembled at the palace
of King Drupada for the selection of the bridegroom.
With my bow and arrow I could pierce the fish target and

yat–whose; sannidhau–being nearby; aham–myself; u–note of astonishment;
khandavam–the protected forest of Indra, King of heaven;agnaye–unto the fire-god; adam–delivered;
indram–Indra; ca–also; sa–along with; amara-ganam–the demigods; tarasa–with all dexterity;
vijitya–having conquered; labdha–having obtained; sabha–assembly house; maya-krta–built by Maya;
adbhuta–very wonderful; silpa–art and workmanship; maya–potency; digbhyah–from all directions;
aharan–collected; nrpatayah–all princes; balim–presentations; adhvare–brought; te–your.–1-15-8-

Because He was near me, it was possible for me to conquer with great dexterity the powerful King of heaven,
Indradeva, along with his demigod associates and thus enable the fire-god to devastate the Khandava Forest.
And only by His grace was the demon named Maya saved from the blazing Khandava Forest, and thus
we could build our assembly house of wonderful architectural workmanship, where all the princes assembled during the

yat–whose; tejasa–by influence; nrpa-sirah-anghrim–one whose feet are adored by the heads of kings;
ahan–killed; makha-artham–for the sacrifice; aryah–respectable; anujah–younger brother; tava–your;
gajaayuta–ten thousand elephants; sattva-viryah–powerful existence; tena–by him; ahrtah–collected;
pramatha-natha–the lord of the ghosts (Mahabhairava); makhaya–for sacrifice; bhupah–kings;
yat-mocitah–by whom they were released; tat-anayan–all of them brought; balim–taxes;
adhvare–presented; te–your.–1-15-9-

Your respectable younger brother, who possesses the strength of ten thousand elephants, killed,
by His grace, Jarasandha, whose feet were worshiped by many kings. These kings had been brought
for sacrifice in Jarasandha’s Mahabhairava-yajna, but they were thus released. Later they

patnyah–of the wife; tava–your; adhimakha–during the great sacrificial ceremony; klpta–dressed;
maha-abhiseka–greatly sanctified;slaghistha–thus glorified; caru–beautiful; kabaram–clustered hair;
kitavaih–by the miscreants; sabhayam–in the great assembly; sprstam–being caught; vikirya–being loosened;
padayoh–on the feet; patita-asrumukhyah–of the one who fell down with tears in the eyes; yah–He;
tat–their; striyah–wives; akrta–became; hata-isa–bereft of husbands;vimukta-kesah–loosened hair.–1-15-10-

It was He only who loosened the hair of all the wives of the miscreants who dared open the cluster
of your Queen’s hair, which had been nicely dressed and sanctified for the great Rajasuya sacrificial
ceremony. At that time she fell down at the feet of Lord Krsna with tears

yah–one who; nah–us; jugopa–gave protection; vane–forest; etya–getting in; duranta–dangerously;
krcchrat–trouble; durvasasah–of Durvasa Muni; ari–enemy; racitat–fabricated by; ayuta–ten thousand;
agra-bhuk–one who eats before; yah–that person; saka-anna-sistam–remnants of foodstuff;
upayujya–having accepted; yatah–because; trilokim–all the three worlds; trptam–satisfied;
amamsta–thought within the mind; salile–while in the water; vinimagna-sanghah–all merged into the water.–1-15-11-

During our exile, Durvasa Muni, who eats with his ten thousand disciples, intrigued with our enemies
to put us in dangerous trouble.
At that time He [Lord Krsna], simply by accepting the remnants of food, saved us.
By His accepting food thus, the assembly of munis, while bathing in the river, felt sumptuously fed.
And all the three worlds were

yat–by whose; tejasa–by influence; atha–at one time; bhagavan–the personality of god (Lord Siva);
yudhi–in the battle; sula-panih–one who has a trident in his hand; vismapitah–astonished;
sa-girijah–along with the daughter of the Himalaya Mountains; astram–weapon; adat–awarded;
nijam–of his own; me–unto me; anye api–so also others; ca–and; aham–myself; amuna–by this;
eva–definitely; kalevarena–by the body; praptah–obtained; maha-indra-bhavane–in the house of Indradeva;
mahat–great; asana-ardham–half-elevated seat.–1-15-12-

It was by His influence only that in a fight I was able to astonish the personality of god
Lord Siva and his wife, the daughter of Mount Himalaya. Thus he [Lord Siva] became pleased
with me and awarded me his own weapon. Other demigods also delivered their respective weapons to me,
and in addition I was able to reach the heavenly planets in this present

tatra–in that heavenly planet; eva–certainly; me–myself; viharatah–while staying as a guest;
bhuja-danda-yugmam–both of my arms; gandiva–the bow named Gandiva; laksanam–mark; arati–a demon named Nivatakavaca;
vadhaya–for killing; devah–all the demigods; sa–along with; indrah–the heavenly King, Indra; sritah–taken shelter of;
yat–by whose;anubhavitam–made it possible to be powerful; ajamidha–O descendant of King Ajamidha;
tena–by Him; aham–myself; adya–at the present moment; musitah–bereft of;
purusena–the personality; bhumna–supreme.–1-15-13-

When I stayed for some days as a guest in the heavenly planets, all the heavenly demigods,
including King Indradeva, took shelter of my arms,which were marked with the Gandiva bow,
to kill the demon named Nivatakavaca. O King, descendant of Ajamidha, at the present moment I am
bereft of the Supreme Personality of Godhead, by whose influence I was so

yat-bandhavah–by whose friendship only; kuru-bala-abdhim–the ocean of the military strength of the Kurus;
ananta-param–which was insurmountable; ekah–alone; rathena–being seated on the chariot;
tatare–was able to cross over; aham–myself; atirya–invincible;sattvam–existence; pratyahrtam–drew back;
bahu–very large quantity;dhanam–wealth; ca–also; maya–by my; paresam–of the enemy;
tejahpadam– source of brilliance; mani-mayam–bedecked with jewels; ca–also;
hrtam–taken by force; sirobhyah–from their heads.–1-15-14-

The military strength of the Kauravas was like an ocean in which there dwelled many invincible existences,
and thus it was insurmountable. But because of His friendship, I, seated on the chariot, was able to cross over it.
And only by His grace was I able to regain the cows and also collect by force
many helmets of the kings which were bedecked with

yah–it is He only; bhisma–Bhisma; karna–Karna; guru–Dronacarya;salya–Salya;
camusu–in the midst of the military phalanx; adabhra–immense; rajanya-varya–great royal princes;
ratha-mandala–chain of chariots; manditasu–being decorated with; agrecarah–going forward;
mama–of mine; vibho–O great King; ratha-yutha-panam–all the charioteers;
ayuh–duration of life or fruitive activities; manamsi–mental upsurges; ca–also; drsa–by glance;
sahah–power; ojah–strength;arcchat–withdrew.–1-15-15-

It was He only who withdrew the duration of life from everyone and who, in the battlefield,
withdrew the speculative power and strength of enthusiasm from the great military phalanx made by the Kauravas,
headed by Bhisma, Karna, Drona, Salya, etc. Their arrangement was expert and
more than adequate, but He [Lord Sri Krsna], while going forward, did all

yat–under whose; dohsu–protection of arms; ma pranihitam–myself being situated; guru–Dronacarya;
bhisma–Bhisma; karna–Karna; naptr–Bhurisrava; trigarta–King Susarma; salya–Salya; saindhava–King Jayadratha;
bahlika–brother of Maharaja Santanu (Bhisma’s father); adyaih–etc.; astrani–weapons; amogha–invincible;
mahimani–very powerful; nirupitani–applied; na–not; upasprsuh–touched;
nrhari-dasam–servitor of Nrsimhadeva (Prahlada); iva–like; asurani–weapons employed by the demons.–1-15-16-

Great generals like Bhisma, Drona, Karna, Bhurisrava, Susarma, Salya, Jayadratha, and Bahlika all directed
their invincible weapons against me.
But by His [Lord Krsna’s] grace they could not even touch a hair on my head.
Similarly, Prahlada Maharaja, the supreme devotee of Lord

sautye–regarding a chariot driver; vrtah–engaged; kumatina–by bad consciousness; atma-dah–one who delivers;
isvarah–the Supreme Lord; me-my; yat–whose; pada-padmam–lotus feet; abhavaya–in the matter of salvation;
bhajanti–do render service; bhavyah–the intelligent class of men; mam–unto me; sranta–thirsty;
vaham–my horses; arayah–the enemies; rathinah–a great general; bhuvi-stham–while standing on the ground;
na–did not; praharan–attack; yat–whose; anubhava–mercy;nirasta–being absent; cittah–mind.–1-15-17

It was by His mercy only that my enemies neglected to kill me when I descended from my chariot to
get water for my thirsty horses. And it was due to my lack of esteem for my Lord that I dared engage Him as my
chariot driver, for He is worshiped and offered services by the best men

narmani–conversation in jokes; udara–talked very frankly; rucira– pleasing;
smita-sobhitani–decorated with a smiling face; he–note of address; partha–O son of Prtha;
he–note of address; arjuna–Arjuna;sakhe–friend; kuru-nandana–son of the Kuru dynasty; iti–and so on;
sanjalpitani–such conversation; nara-deva–O King; hrdi–heart; sprsani–touching; smartuh–by remembering them;
luthanti–overwhelms; hrdayam–heart and soul; mama–my; madhavasya–of Madhava (Krsna).–1-15-18-

O King! His jokings and frank talks were pleasing and beautifully decorated with smiles.
His addresses unto me as “O son of Prtha, O friend, O son of the Kuru dynasty,” and
all such heartiness are now remembered by me, and thus I am overwhelmed.

sayya–sleeping on one bed; asana–sitting on one seat; atana–walking together; vikatthana–self-adoration;
bhojana–dining together; adisu– and in all such dealings; aikyat–because of oneness;
vayasya–O my friend; rtavan–truthful; iti–thus; vipralabdhah–misbehaved; sakhyuh– unto a friend;
sakha iva–just like a friend; pitrvat–just like the father; tanayasya–of a child; sarvam–all;
sehe–tolerated; mahan–great; mahitaya–by glories; kumateh–of one who is of low mentality;
agham–offense; me–mine.–1-15-19-

Generally both of us used to live together and sleep, sit and loiter together. And at the time of
advertising oneself for acts of chivalry,
sometimes, if there were any irregularity, I used to reproach Him by saying,
“My friend, You are very truthful.” Even in those hours when His value was minimized,
He, being the Supreme Soul, used to tolerate all those utterings of mine,
excusing me exactly as a true friend excuses his

sah–that; aham–myself; nrpa-indra–O Emperor; rahitah–bereft of;purusa-uttamena–by the Supreme Lord;
sakhya–by my friend; priyena–by my dearmost; suhrda–by the well-wisher; hrdayena–by the heart and soul;
sunyah–vacant; adhvani–recently; urukrama-parigraham–the wives of the all-powerful; anga–bodies;
raksan–while protecting; gopaih–by the cowherds; asadbhih–by the infidels; abala iva–like a weak woman;
vinirjitah asmi–I have been defeated.–1-15-20-

O Emperor, now I am separated from my friend and dearmost well-wisher, the Supreme Personality of Godhead,
and therefore my heart appears to be void of everything. In His absence I have been defeated by a number of
infidel cowherd men while I was guarding the bodies of all the wives of

tat–the same; vai–certainly; dhanuh te–the same bow; isavah–arrows; sah–the very same; rathah–chariot;
hayah te–the very same horses; sah aham–I am the same Arjuna; rathi–the chariot-fighter;nrpatayah–all the kings;
yatah–whom; anamanti–offered their respects;sarvam–all; ksanena–at a moment’s notice; tat–all those;
abhut–became; asat–useless; isa–because of the Lord; riktam–being void; bhasman–ashes; hutam–offering butter;
kuhaka-raddham–money created by magical feats; iva–like that; uptam–sown; usyam–in barren land.–1-15-21-

I have the very same Gandiva bow, the same arrows, the same chariot drawn by the same horses,
and I use them as the same Arjuna to whom all the kings offered their due respects.
But in the absence of Lord Krsna, all of them, at a moment’s notice, have become null and void.
It is exactly like offering clarified butter on ashes, accumulating money with

rajan–O King; tvaya–by you; anuprstanam–as you inquired; suhrdam–of friends and relatives; nah–our;
suhrt-pure–in the city of Dvaraka;vipra–the brahmanas; sapa–by the curse of; vimudhanam–of the befooled;
nighnatam–of the killed; mustibhih–with bunches of sticks; mithah–among themselves; varunim–fermented rice;
madiram–wine; pitva–having drunk; mada-unmathita–being intoxicated; cetasam–of that mental situation;
ajanatam–of the unrecognized; iva–like; anyonyam–one another; catuh–four;
panca–five; avasesitah–now remaining.–1-15-22/23

O King, since you have asked me about our friends and relatives in the city of Dvaraka,
I will inform you that all of them were cursed by the brahmanas, and as a result they all became
intoxicated with wine made of putrefied rice and fought among themselves with sticks, not even
recognizing one another. Now all but four or five of them are dead and gone.

prayena etat–it is almost by; bhagavatah–of the Personality of Godhead; isvarasya–of the Lord;
vicestitam–by the will of; mithah–one another; nighnanti–do kill; bhutani–the living beings;
bhavayanti–as also protect; ca–also; yat–of whom; mithah–one another.–1-15-24-

Factually this is all due to the supreme will of the Lord, the
Personality of Godhead. Sometimes people kill one another, and at other

jalaukasam–of the aquatics; jale–in the water; yadvat–as it is; mahantah–the larger one; adanti–swallows;
aniyasah–smaller ones; durbalan–the weak; balinah–the stronger; rajan–O King; mahantah–the strongest;
balinah–less strong; mithah–in a duel; evam–thus;
balisthaih–by the strongest; yadubhih–by the descendants of Yadu; mahadbhih–one who has greater strength;
itaran–the common ones; vibhuh–the Supreme Personality of Godhead; yadun–all the Yadus;
yadubhih–by the Yadus; anyonyam–among one another; bhu-bharan–the burden of the world;
sanjahara–has unloaded; ha–in the past.–1-15-25 /26-

O King, as in the ocean the bigger and stronger aquatics swallow up the smaller and weaker ones,
so also the Supreme Personality of Godhead, to lighten the burden of the earth,
has engaged the stronger Yadu to kill

desa–space; kala–time; artha–importance; yuktani–impregnated with; hrt–the heart; tapa–burning;
upasamani–extinguishing; ca–and; haranti–are attracting; smaratah–by remembering; cittam–mind;
govinda–the Supreme Personality of pleasure; abhihitani–narrated by; me–unto me.–1-15-27-

Now I am attracted to those instructions imparted to me by the Personality of Godhead [Govinda]
because they are impregnated with instructions for relieving the burning heart in all
circumstances of time and space.

sutah uvaca–Suta Gosvami said;
evam–thus; cintayatah–while thinking of the instructions; jisnoh–of the Supreme Personality of Godhead;
krsna-pada–the feet of Krsna; saroruham–resembling lotuses; sauhardena–by deep friendship;
ati-gadhena–in great intimacy; santa–pacified; asit–it so became;
vimala–without any tinge of material contamination; matih–mind.–1-15-28-

Suta Gosvami said: Thus being deeply absorbed in thinking of the instructions of the Lord, which were
imparted in the great intimacy of friendship, and in thinking of His lotus feet, Arjuna’s mind became
pacified and free from all material contamination

vasudeva-anghri–the lotus feet of the Lord; anudhyana–by constant remembrance; paribrmhita–expanded;
ramhasa–with great velocity; bhaktya–in devotion; nirmathita–subsided; asesa–unlimited;
kasaya– dint; dhisanah–conception; arjunah–Arjuna.–1-15-29-

Arjuna’s constant remembrance of the lotus feet of Lord Sri Krsna rapidly increased his devotion,
and as a result all the trash in his thoughts subsided.

gitam–instructed; bhagavata–by the Personality of Godhead; jnanam– transcendental knowledge;
yat–which; tat–that; sangrama-murdhani–in the midst of battle; kala-karma–time and actions;
tamah-ruddham– enwrapped by such darkness;
punah adhyagamat–revived them again;prabhuh–the lord of his senses.–1-15-30-

Because of the Lord’s pastimes and activities and because of His absence, it appeared that Arjuna
forgot the instructions left by the Personality of Godhead. But factually this was not the case,
and again he became lord of his senses.

visokah–free from bereavement; brahma-sampattya–by possession of spiritual assets;
sanchinna–being completely cut off; dvaita-samsayah–from the doubts of relativity; lina–merged in;
prakrti–material nature;nairgunyat–due to being in transcendence; alingatvat–because of being devoid of a material body;
asambhavah–free from birth and death.–1-15-31-

Because of his possessing spiritual assets, the doubts of duality were completely cut off.
Thus he was freed from the three modes of material nature and placed in transcendence.
There was no longer any chance of his becoming entangled in birth and death, for he was freed from material form

nisamya–deliberating; bhagavat–regarding the Lord; margam–the ways of His appearance and disappearance;
samstham–end; yadu-kulasya–of the dynasty of King Yadu; ca–also; svah–the abode of the Lord;
pathaya–on the way of; matim–desire; cakre–gave attention; nibhrta-atma–lonely and alone;
yudhisthirah–King Yudhisthira.–1-15-32-

Upon hearing of Lord Krsna’s returning to His abode, and upon understanding the end of the Yadu dynasty’s
earthly manifestation, Maharaja Yudhisthira decided to go back home, back to Godhead

prtha–Kunti; api–also; anusrutya–overhearing; dhananjaya–Arjuna; uditam–uttered by; nasam–end;
yadunam–of the Yadu dynasty; bhagavat– of the Personality of Godhead; gatim–disappearance; ca–also;
tam–all those; eka-anta–unalloyed; bhaktya–devotion; bhagavati–unto the Supreme Lord, Sri Krsna;
adhoksaje–transcendence; nivesita-atma–with full attention; upararama–became released from;
samsrteh–material existence.–1-15-33-

Kunti, after overhearing Arjuna’s telling of the end of the Yadu dynasty and disappearance of Lord Krsna,
engaged in the devotional service of the transcendental Personality of Godhead with full attention
and thus gained release from the course of material existence.

yaya–that by which; aharat–took away; bhuvah–of the world; bharam– burden; tam–that; tanum–body;
vijahau–relinquished; ajah–the unborn;kantakam–thorn; kantakena–by the thorn; iva–like that;
dvayam–both;ca–also; api–although; isituh–controlling; samam–equal.–1-15-34-

The supreme unborn, Lord Sri Krsna, caused the members of the Yadu dynasty to relinquish their bodies,
and thus He relieved the burden of the world. This action was like picking out a thorn with a thorn,
though both are the same to the controller

yatha–as much as; matsya-adi–incarnation as a fish, etc.; rupani–forms; dhatte–eternally accepts;
jahyat–apparently relinquishes; yatha–exactly like; natah–magician; bhu-bharah–burden of the world;
ksapitah–relieved; yena–by which; jahau–let go; tat–that; ca–also;kalevaram–body.–1-15-35-

The Supreme Lord relinquished the body which He manifested to diminish the burden of the earth.
Just like a magician, He relinquishes one body to accept different ones, like the fish incarnation and others

yada–when; mukundah–Lord Krsna; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; imam–this; mahim–earth;
jahau–left; sva-tanva–with His selfsame body; sravaniya-sat-kathah–hearing about Him is worthwhile;
tada–at that time; ahah eva–from the very day; aprati-buddha-cetasam– of those whose minds are not sufficiently developed;
abhadra-hetuh–cause of all ill fortune; kalih anvavartata–Kali fully manifested.–1-15-36-

When the Personality of Godhead, Lord Krsna, left this earthly planet in His selfsame form,
from that very day Kali, who had already partially appeared, became fully manifest to create inauspicious
conditions for those who are endowed with a poor fund of knowledge

yudhisthirah–Maharaja Yudhisthira; tat–that; parisarpanam–expansion; budhah–thoroughly experienced;
pure–in the capital; ca–as also; rastre–in the state; ca–and; grhe–at home; tatha–as also;
atmani–in person; vibhavya–observing; lobha–avarice; anrta–untruth;
jihma–diplomacy; himsana-adi–violence, envy; adharma–irreligion;
cakram–a vicious circle; gamanaya–for departure; paryadhat–dressed himself accordingly.–1-15-37-

Maharaja Yudhisthira was intelligent enough to understand the influence of the age of Kali,
characterized by increasing avarice,falsehood, cheating and violence throughout the capital, state, home and
among individuals. So he wisely prepared himself to leave home, and he dressed accordingly

sva-rat–the emperor; pautram–unto the grandson; vinayinam–properly trained; atmanah–his own self;
su-samam–equal in all respects; gunaih–by the qualities; toya-nivyah–bordered by the seas; patim–master;
bhumeh–of the land; abhyasincat–enthroned; gajahvaye–in the capital of Hastinapura.–1-15-38-

Thereafter, in the capital of Hastinapura, he enthroned his grandson, who was trained and equally qualified,
as the emperor and master of all land bordered by the seas.

mathurayam–at Mathura; tatha–also; vajram–Vajra; surasena-patim– King of the Surasenas; tatah–thereafter;
prajapatyam–Prajapatya sacrifice; nirupya–having performed; istim–goal; agnin–fire;
apibat–placed in himself; isvarah–capable.–1-15-39-

Then he posted Vajra, the son of Aniruddha [grandson of Lord Krsna],at Mathura as the King of Surasena.
Afterwards Maharaja Yudhisthira performed a Prajapatya sacrifice and placed in himself
the fire for quitting household life.

visrjya–relinquishing; tatra–all those; tat–that; sarvam– everything; dukula–belt;
valaya-adikam–and bangles; nirmamah– uninterested; nirahankarah–unattached;
sanchinna–perfectly cut off;asesa-bandhanah–unlimited attachment.–1-15-40-

Maharaja Yudhisthira at once relinquished all his garments, belt and ornaments of the royal order
and became completely disinterested and unattached to everything.

vacam–speeches; juhava–relinquished; manasi–into the mind; tat prane–mind into breathing;
itare ca–other senses also; tam–into that; mrtyau–into death; apanam–breathing;
sa-utsargam–with all dedication; tam–that; pancatve–into the body made of five elements;
hi–certainly; ajohavit–amalgamated it–1-15-41-

Then he amalgamated all the sense organs into the mind, then the mind into life, life into breathing,
his total existence into the embodiment of the five elements, and his body into death.
Then, as pure self, he became free from the material conception of life

tritve–into the three qualities; hutva–having offered; ca–also; pancatvam–five elements; tat–that;
ca–also; ekatve–in one nescience; ajuhot–amalgamated; munih–the thoughtful; sarvam–the sum total;
atmani–in the soul; ajuhavit–fixed; brahmani–unto the spirit; atmanam–the soul;
avyaye–unto the inexhaustible.–1-15-42-

Thus annihilating the gross body of five elements into the three qualitative modes of material nature,
he merged them in one nescience and then absorbed that nescience in the self, Brahman,
which is inexhaustible in all circumstances

cira-vasah–accepted torn clothing; niraharah–gave up all solid foodstuff; baddha-vak–stopped talking;
mukta-murdhajah–untied his hair;darsayan–began to show; atmanah–of himself; rupam–bodily features;
jada–inert; unmatta–mad; pisaca-vat–just like an urchin;anaveksamanah–without waiting for;
niragat–was situated; asrnvan–without hearing; badhirah–just like a deaf man; yatha–as if.–1-15-43-

After that, Maharaja Yudhisthira dressed himself in torn clothing, gave up eating all solid foods,
voluntarily became dumb and let his hair hang loose. All this combined to make him look like an urchin or
mad man with no occupation. He did not depend on his brothers for anything.
And,just like a deaf man, he heard nothing

udicim–the northern side; pravivesa-asam–those who wanted to enter there;
gata-purvam–the path accepted by his forefathers; maha-atmabhih–by the broad-minded;
hrdi–within the heart; brahma–the Supreme; param– Godhead; dhyayan–constantly thinking of;
na avarteta–passed his days;yatah–wherever; gatah–went.–1-15-44-

He then started towards the north, treading the path accepted by his forefathers and great men,
to devote himself completely to the thought of the Supreme Personality of Godhead.
And he lived in that way wherever he went

sarve–all his younger brothers; tam–him; anunirjagmuh–left home by following the elder;
bhratarah–brothers; krta-niscayah–decidedly; kalina–by the age of Kali; adharma–principle of irreligion;
mitrena–by the friend; drstva–observing; sprstah–having overtaken;
prajah–all citizens; bhuvi–on the earth.–1-15-45-

The younger brothers of Maharaja Yudhisthira observed that the age of Kali had already arrived throughout
the world and that the citizens of the kingdom were already affected by irreligious practice.
Therefore they decided to follow in the footsteps of their elder brother

te–all of them; sadhu-krta–having performed everything worthy of a saint;
sarva-arthah–that which includes everything worthy; jnatva–knowing it well; atyantikam–the ultimate;
atmanah–of the living being;manasa–within the mind; dharayam asuh–sustained;
vaikuntha–the Lord of the spiritual sky; carana-ambujam–the lotus feet.–1-15-46-

They all had performed all the principles of religion and as a result rightly decided that the lotus feet
of the Lord Sri Krsna are the supreme goal of all. Therefore they meditated upon His feet without interruption

tat–that; dhyana–positive meditation; utriktaya–being freed from;bhaktya–by a devotional attitude;
visuddha–purified; dhisanah–by intelligence; pare–unto the Transcendence; tasmin–in that;
narayana–the Personality of Godhead Sri Krsna; pade–unto the lotus feet;
ekantamatayah–of those who are fixed in the Supreme, who is one; gatim–destination; avapuh–attained;
duravapam–very difficult to obtain; te–by them; asadbhih–by the materialists;
visaya-atmabhih–absorbed in material needs; vidhuta–washed off; kalmasah–material contaminations;
sthanam–abode; virajena–without material passion; atmana eva–by the selfsame body; hi–certainly.–1-15-47 /48-

Thus by pure consciousness due to constant devotional remembrance, they attained the spiritual sky,
which is ruled over by the Supreme Narayana, Lord Krsna. This is attained only by those who meditate upon
the one Supreme Lord without deviation. This abode of the Lord Sri Krsna, known as Goloka Vrndavana,
cannot be attained by persons who are absorbed in the material conception of life. But the Pandavas,
being completely washed of all material contamination, attained that abode in their very same bodies

vidurah–Vidura (the uncle of Maharaja Yudhisthira); api–also;parityajya–after quitting the body;
prabhase–in the place of pilgrimage at Prabhasa; deham atmanah–his body; krsna–the Personality of Godhead;
avesena–being absorbed in that thought; tat–his; cittah–thoughts and actions;
pitrbhih–along with the residents of Pitrloka; sva-ksayam–his own abode; yayau–departed.–1-15-48 / 49-

Vidura, while on pilgrimage, left his body at Prabhasa. Because he was absorbed in thought of Lord Krsna,
he was received by the denizens of Pitrloka planet, where he returned to his original post

draupadi–Draupadi (the wife of the Pandavas); ca–and; tada–at that time; ajnaya–knowing Lord Krsna fully well;
patinam–of the husbands; anapeksatam–who did not care for her; vasudeve–unto Lord Vasudeva (Krsna);
bhagavati–the personality of Godhead; hi–exactly; eka-anta– absolutely; matih–concentration;
apa–got; tam–Him (the Lord).–1-15-50-

Draupadi also saw that her husbands, without caring for her, were leaving home. She knew well about
Lord Vasudeva, Krsna, the Personality of Godhead. Both she and Subhadra became absorbed in thoughts of Krsna
and attained the same results as their husbands

yah–anyone who; sraddhaya–with devotion; etat–this;
bhagavatpriyanam– of those who are very dear to the Personality of Godhead; pandoh–of Pandu;
sutanam–of the sons; iti–thus; samprayanam–departure for the ultimate goal; srnoti–hears; alam–only;
svastyayanam–good fortune; pavitram–perfectly pure; labdhva–by obtaining; harau–unto the Supreme Lord;
bhaktim–devotional service; upaiti–gains; siddhim– perfection.–1-15-51-

The subject of the departure of the sons of Pandu for the ultimate goal of life, back to Godhead,
is fully auspicious and is perfectly pure. Therefore anyone who hears this narration with devotional faith
certainly gains the devotional service of the Lord, the highest perfection of life.

————-

அர்ஜுனன் கூறினான்.
“ எவன் உண்டு பாத்திரத்தில் மிகுந்த கீரையை உண்டு துர்வாச முனிவரிடம் இருந்து நம்மைக் காப்பாற்றினானோ,
என் தேரின் முன் நின்று எவன் பீஷ்மத்ரோணாதியரின் உயிரைத் தான் பார்வையாலேயே கவர்ந்தானோ,
அவன் நம்மை வஞ்சித்து விட்டான்.
எவனுடைய பாதகமலங்களை பிறவிப்பிணி நீங்க புருஷஸ்ரேஷ்டர்கள் சேவிக்கிறார்களோ அந்த சர்வேஸ்வரனை
நான் புத்தி கெட்டு என் தேரோட்டும்படி அல்லவா கேட்டுக் கொண்டேன்.
அவன் என்னை எப்படி எல்லாம் காப்பாற்றினான்! ஒருமுறை களைப்புற்ற குதிரைகளுக்கு நீர் தர நான் வில்லால்
பூமியைப் பிளந்தபோது எதிரிகள் என்னை தாக்காமல் அவர்களைத் தன் மாயையால் மயக்கமுறச் செய்தான்.
துரோணரின் ஆக்னேயாஸ்திரம், கர்ணனின் நாகாஸ்திரம் இவற்றில் இருந்து என்னைக்க் காப்பாறினான்.”

( கர்ணன் நாகாஸ்திரம் விட்டபோது கண்ணன் தேரைத் தன் கால் கட்டைவிரலால் பூமிக்குள் அழுத்த அந்த அஸ்திரம்
அர்ஜுனன் கிரீடத்தை மட்டும் கவர்ந்து சென்றது. யுத்தம் முடிந்த பின் வழக்குக்கு மாறாக தான் முதலில் இறங்காமல்
அர்ஜுனனை இறங்கச் சொன்னார் . அவர் இறங்கியவுடன் கண்ணனால் செயலறச் செய்யப்பட்ட ஆக்னேயாஸ்திரம் தேரை எரித்துவிட்டது. )

அர்ஜுனன் தொடர்ந்தான்.
“ சய்யாஸநாடன விகத்தன போஜனாதிஷு
ஐக்யாத் வயஸ்ய ருதவான் இதி விப்ரலப்த:
ஸக்யு: சகேவ பித்ருவத் தனயஸ்ய ஸர்வம்
சே(से)ஹே மஹான் மஹிதயா குமதே: அஹம் மே

அற்பபுத்தி உடைய நான் படுக்கும்போதும் இருக்கும்போதும் நடக்கும்போதும் பொழுதுபோக்காக பேசும்போதும்
சாப்பிடும்போதும் ஒன்றாகவே பழகியதால் ‘நண்பா நீ எவ்வளவு உண்மை பேசுபவன்’ என்று அவன் மேன்மை அறியாமல்
பரிஹாஸம் செய்வேன். அது அவ்வளவையும் தோழனுக்குத் தோழன் போலும் பிள்ளைக்குத் தந்தை போலும் பொறுத்துக் கொண்டு
என்னுடன் அன்புடன் உரையாடினானோ அவன் இந்த உலகத்தை விட்டு சென்றுவிட்டான் என்று நினைக்கும்போது
அது என் ஹ்ருதயத்தைப் பிளக்கிறது.

கிருஷ்ணனுடன் என் வீரம் போய்விட்டது . த்வாரகையிலிருந்து பெண்களைக் காத்து அழைத்து வருகையில்
இடையர்களால் கோழை போல் ஜெயிக்கப்பட்டேன்.
ஒரு சிலரைத் தவிர மற்ற யாதவர்கள தங்களுக்குள் சண்டை புரிந்து முனிவர்கள் சாபத்தால் அழிந்தார்கள்.”

இவ்வாறு கூறிய அர்ஜுனனின் மனம் கண்ணன் உரைத்த கீதையை நினைந்து அமைதி யுற்றது.

குந்தி கண்ணன் சென்றதைக் கேட்டு அனன்ய பக்தியுடையவளாய் தன் உயிரைத் துறந்து கண்ணன் பாதத்தை அடைந்தாள்.
யுதிஷ்டிரர் பரீக்ஷித்திற்கு முடி சூட்டிவிட்டு சகோதரர்களுடனும் த்ரௌபதியுடனும் வடக்கு நோக்கிச் சென்று ஸ்வர்கம் அடைந்தார்.

யமதர்மனின் அவதாரமான விதுரரும் பிரபாச தீர்த்தம் சென்று தன் பூதவுடலை நீத்து
பித்ரு தேவதைகள் அழைத்துச் செல்ல தன் இருப்பிடமான யம லோகத்தை அடைந்தார்

———————————————————-

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –

ஸ்ரீ மத் பாகவதம் -முதல் ஸ்கந்தம் — 14 th அத்யாயம்-ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ணன் தன்னுடைச் சோதிக்கு எழுந்து அருளுதல் –

August 20, 2020

sutah uvaca–Sri Suta Gosvami said;
samprasthite–having gone to;dvarakayam–the city of Dvaraka; jisnau–Arjuna; bandhu–friends and relatives;
didrksaya–for meeting them; jnatum–to know; ca–also; punyaslokasya–of one whose glories are sung by Vedic hymns;
krsnasya–of Lord Krsna; ca–and; vicestitam–further programs of work–1-14-1-

Sri Suta Gosvami said: Arjuna went to Dvaraka to see Lord Sri Krsna

vyatitah–after passing; katicit–a few; masah–months; tada–at that time; na ayat–did not return;
tatah–from there; arjunah–Arjuna;dadarsa–observed; ghora–fearful; rupani–appearances; nimittani–various causes;
kuru-udvahah–Maharaja Yudhisthira.–1-14-2-

A few months passed, and Arjuna did not return. Maharaja Yudhisthira
then began to observe some inauspicious omens, which were fearful in

kalasya–of eternal time; ca–also; gatim–direction; raudram–fearful; viparyasta–reversed;
rtu–seasonal; dharminah–regularities;papiyasim–sinful; nrnam–of the human being;
vartam–means of livelihood; krodha–anger; lobha–greed; anrta–falsehood; atmanam–of the people.–1-14-3-

He saw that the direction of eternal time had changed, and this was very fearful.
There were disruptions in the seasonal regularities. The people in general had become
very greedy, angry and deceitful. And he saw

jihma-prayam–cheating; vyavahrtam–in all ordinary transactions;sathya–duplicity;
misram–adulterated in; ca–and; sauhrdam–regarding friendly well-wishers; pitr–father;
matr–regarding the mother; suhrt–well-wishers; bhratr–one’s own brother;
dam-patinam–regarding husband and wife; ca–also; kalkanam–mutual quarrel.–1-14-4-

All ordinary transactions and dealings became polluted with cheating,even between friends.
And in familial affairs, there was always misunderstanding between fathers, mothers and sons,
between well-wishers, and between brothers. Even between husband and wife there was always

nimittani–causes; ati–very serious; aristani–bad omens; kale–in course of time; tu–but;
anugate–passing away; nrnam–of humanity at large; lobha-adi–such as greed; adharma–irreligious;
prakrtim–habits; drstva–having observed; uvaca–said; anujam–younger brother; nrpah–the King.–1-14-5-

In course of time it came to pass that people in general became
accustomed to greed, anger, pride, etc. Maharaja Yudhisthira, observing

yudhisthirah uvaca–Maharaja Yudhisthira said; sampresitah–has gone to; dvarakayam–Dvaraka; jisnuh–Arjuna;
bandhu–friends; didrksaya–for the sake of meeting; jnatum–to know; ca–also;
punya-slokasya–of the Personality of Godhead; krsnasya–of Lord Sri Krsna;
ca–and; vicestitam–program of work.–1-14-6-

Maharaja Yudhisthira said to his younger brother Bhimasena, I sent Arjuna to Dvaraka to meet his friends
and to learn from the Personality of Godhead Krsna of His program of work.

gatah–has gone; sapta–seven; adhuna–to date; masah–months;bhimasena–O Bhimasena; tava–your;
anujah–younger brother; na–does not; ayati–come back; kasya–for what; va–or; hetoh–reason; na–not;
aham–I; veda–know; idam–this; anjasa–factually.–1-14-7-

Since he departed, seven months have passed, yet he has not returned.
I do not know factually how things are going there.

api–whether; deva-rsina–by the demigod-saint (Narada); adistah– instructed; sah–that;
kalah–eternal time; ayam–this; upasthitah–arrived; yada–when; atmanah–of His own self; angam–plenary portion;
akridam–manifestation; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead;utsisrksati–is going to quit.–1-14-8-

Is He going to quit His earthly pastimes, as Devarsi Narada indicated?

yasmat–from whom; nah–our; sampadah–opulence; rajyam–kingdom; darah–good wives; pranah–existence of life;
kulam–dynasty; prajah–subjects; asan–have become possible; sapatna–competitors; vijayah–conquering;
lokah–future accommodation in higher planets; ca–and; yat–by whose; anugrahat–by the mercy of.–1-14-9-

From Him only, all our kingly opulence, good wives, lives, progeny,control over our subjects,
victory over our enemies, and future accommodations in higher planets have become possible. All this is due to

pasya–just see; utpatan–disturbances; nara-vyaghra–O man of tigerlike strength;
divyan–happenings in the sky or by planetary influence; bhauman–happenings on the earth;
sa-daihikan–happenings of the body and the mind; darunan–awfully dangerous; samsatah–indicating;
adurat–in the near future; bhayam–danger; nah–our; buddhi–intelligence; mohanam–deluding.–1-14-10-

Just see, O man with a tiger’s strength, how many miseries due to celestial influences, earthly reactions
and bodily pains–all very dangerous in themselves–are foreboding danger in the near future by

uru–thighs; aksi–eyes; bahavah–the arms; mahyam–in my; sphuranti–quivering; anga–left side of the body;
punah punah–again and again;vepathuh–palpitations; ca–also; api–certainly; hrdaye–in the heart;
arat–due to fear; dasyanti–indicating; vipriyam–undesirables.–1-4-11-

The left side of my body, my thighs, arms and eyes are all quivering again and again.
I am having heart palpitations due to fear. All this

siva–jackal; esa–this; udyantam–rising; adityam–unto the sun; abhi–towards; rauti–crying; anala–fire;
anana–face; mam–unto me;anga–O Bhima; sarameyah–dog; ayam–this; abhirebhati–barks towards;
abhiru-vat–without fear.–1-4-12-

Just see, O Bhima, how the she jackal cries at the rising sun and

sastah–useful animals like the cow; kurvanti–are keeping; mam–me; savyam–on the left; daksinam–circumambulating;
pasavah apare–other lower animals like asses; vahan–the horses (carriers); ca–also;
purusavyaghra– O tiger among men; laksaye–I see; rudatah–weeping; mama–of mine.–1-4-13-

O Bhimasena, tiger amongst men, now useful animals like cows are passing me on my left side,
and lower animals like the asses are circumambulating me. My horses appear to weep upon seeing me.

mrtyu–death; dutah–messenger of; kapotah–pigeon; ayam–this; ulukah–owl; kampayan–trembling; manah–mind;
pratyulukah–the rivals of owls (crows); ca–and; kuhvanaih–shrieking scream; visvam–the cosmos;
vai–either; sunyam–void; icchatah–wishing.–1-14-14-

Just see! This pigeon is like a messenger of death. The shrieks of the owls and their rival crows make
my heart tremble. It appears that they want to make a void of the whole universe.

dhumrah–smoky; disah–all directions; paridhayah–encirclement; kampate–throbbing; bhuh–the earth;
saha adribhih–along with the hills and mountains; nirghatah–bolt from the blue; ca–also;
mahan–very great; tata–O Bhima; sakam–with; ca–also; stanayitnubhih–thundering sound without any cloud.–1-14-15

Just see how the smoke encircles the sky. It appears that the earth and mountains are throbbing.
Just hear the cloudless thunder and see the bolts from the blue.

vayuh–wind; vati–blowing; khara-sparsah–sharply; rajasa–by the dust; visrjan–creating; tamah–darkness;
asrk–blood; varsanti–are raining; jaladah–the clouds; bibhatsam–disastrous; iva–like; sarvatah–everywhere.–1-14-16-

The wind blows violently, blasting dust everywhere and creating darkness.
Clouds are raining everywhere with bloody disasters.

suryam–the sun; hata-prabham–its rays declining; pasya–just see; graha-mardam–clashes of the stars;
mithah–among one another; divi–in the sky; sa-sankulaih–being mixed with; bhuta-ganaih–by the living entities;
jvalite–being ignited; iva–as if; rodasi–crying.–1-4-17-

The rays of the sun are declining, and the stars appear to be fighting amongst themselves.
Confused living entities appear to be ablaze and weeping.

nadyah–rivers; nadah ca–and the tributaries; ksubhitah–all perturbed; saramsi–reservoirs of water;
ca–and; manamsi–the mind; ca–also; na–does not; jvalati–ignite; agnih–fire;
ajyena–with the help of butter; kalah–the time; ayam–extraordinary it is; kim–what;
vidhasyati–going to happen.–1-14-18-

Rivers, tributaries, ponds, reservoirs and the mind are all perturbed.
Butter no longer ignites fire. What is this extraordinary time? What is going to happen?

na–does not; pibanti–suck; stanam–breast; vatsah–the calves; na–do not; duhyanti–allow milking;
ca–also; matarah–the cows; rudanti–crying; asru-mukhah–with a tearful face; gavah–the cows; na–do not;
hrsyanti–take pleasure; rsabhah–the bulls; vraje–in the pasturing ground.–1-4-19-

The calves do not suck the teats of the cows, nor do the cows give milk.
They are standing, crying, tears in their eyes, and the bulls take no pleasure in the pasturing grounds.

daivatani–the Deities in the temples; rudanti–seem to be crying; iva–like that; svidyanti–perspiring;
hi–certainly; uccalanti–as if going out; ca–also; ime–these; jana-padah–cities; gramah–villages;
pura–towns; udyana–gardens; akara–mines; asramah–hermitages, etc.;
bhrasta–devoid of; sriyah–beauty; niranandah–bereft of all happiness;kim–what sort of; agham–calamities;
darsayanti–shall manifest; nah–to us.–1-14-20-

The Deities seem to be crying in the temple, lamenting and perspiring.They seem about to leave.
All the cities, villages, towns, gardens, mines and hermitages are now devoid of beauty and bereft of all happiness.
I do not know what sort of calamities are now awaiting us.

manye–I take it for granted; etaih–by all these; maha–great; utpataih–upsurges; nunam–for want of;
bhagavatah–of the Personality of Godhead; padaih–the marks on the sole of the foot; ananya– extraordinary;
purusa–of the Supreme Personality; sribhih–by the auspicious signs; hina–dispossessed; bhuh–the earth;
hata-saubhaga– without the fortune.–1-14-21-

I think that all these earthly disturbances indicate some greater loss to the good fortune of the world.
The world was fortunate to have been marked with the footprints of the lotus feet of the Lord.
These signs indicate that this will no longer be.

iti–thus; cintayatah–while thinking to himself; tasya–he; drsta–by observing; aristena–bad omens;
cetasa–by the mind; rajnah–the King;prati–back; agamat–came; brahman–O brahmana;
yadu-puryah–from the kingdom of the Yadus; kapi-dhvajah–Arjuna.–1-14-22-

O Brahmana Saunaka, while Maharaja Yudhisthira, observing the inauspicious signs on the earth
at that time, was thus thinking to himself, Arjuna came back from the city of the Yadus [Dvaraka].

tam–him (Arjuna); padayoh–at the feet; nipatitam–bowing down; ayatha-purvam–unprecedented;
aturam–dejected; adhah-vadanam–downward face; ap-bindun–drops of water; srjantam–creating;
nayana-abjayoh–from the lotus like eyes.–1-14-23-

When he bowed at his feet, the King saw that his dejection was unprecedented.
His head was down, and tears glided from his lotus eyes.

vilokya–by seeing; udvigna–anxious; hrdayah–heart; vicchayam–pale appearance; anujam–Arjuna;
nrpah–the King; prcchati sma–asked; suhrt– friends; madhye–amongst; samsmaran–remembering;
narada–Sage Narada; iritam–indicated by.–1-14-24-

Seeing Arjuna pale due to heartfelt anxieties, the King, remembering the indications of the sage Narada,
questioned him in the midst of friends.

udhisthirah uvaca–Yudhisthira said; kaccit–whether; anarta-puryam– of Dvaraka; nah–our;
sva-janah–relatives; sukham–happily; asate–are passing their days; madhu–Madhu; bhoja–Bhoja;
dasarha–Dasarha; arha–Arha; satvata–Satvata; andhaka–Andhaka; vrsnayah–of the family of Vrsni.–1-14-25-

Maharaja Yudhisthira said: My dear brother, please tell me whether our friends and relatives,
such as Madhu, Bhoja, Dasarha, Arha, Satvata, Andhaka and the members of the Yadu family are
all passing their days in happiness.

surah–Surasena; matamahah–maternal grandfather; kaccit–whether; svasti–all good; aste–passing his days;
va–or; atha–therefore; marisah–respectful; matulah–maternal uncle; sa-anujah–with his younger brothers;
kaccit–whether; kusali–all well; anaka-dundu bhih–Vasudeva.–1-14-26-

Is my respectable grandfather Surasena in a happy mood? And are my maternal uncle
Vasudeva and his younger brothers all doing well?

sapta–seven; sva-sarah–own sisters; tat-patnyah–his wives; matulanyah–maternal aunts;
saha–along with; atma-jah–sons and grandsons; asate–are all; sasnusah–with their daughters-in-law;
kshemam–happiness; devaki–Devaki; pramukhah–headed by; svayam–personally.–1-14-27-

His seven wives, headed by Devaki, are all sisters. Are they and their sons and daughters-in-law all happy?

kaccit–whether; raja–the King; ahukah–another name of Ugrasena; jivati–still living; asat–mischievous;
putrah–son; asya–his; ca– also; anujah–younger brother; hrdikah–Hrdika; sa-sutah–along with son,
Krtavarma; akrurah–Akrura; jayanta–Jayanta; gada–Gada; saranah– Sarana; asate–are they all;
kusalam–in happiness; kaccit–whether; ye–they; ca–also; satrujit–Satrujit; adayah–headed by; kaccit–whether;
aste–are they; sukham–all right; ramah–Balarama; bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead;
satvatam–of the devotees; prabhuh–protector.–1-14-28/29

Are Ugrasena, whose son was the mischievous Kamsa, and his younger brother still living?
Are Hrdika and his son Krtavarma happy? Are Akrura, Jayanta, Gada, Sarana and Satrujit all happy?
How is Balarama

pradyumnah–Pradyumna (a son of Lord Krsna); sarva–all; vrsninam–of the members of the Vrsni family;
sukham–happiness; aste–are in; maharathah– the great general; gambhira–deeply; rayah–dexterity;
aniruddhah–Aniruddha (a grandson of Lord Krsna); vardhate–flourishing;
bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead; uta–must.–1-14-30-

How is Pradyumna, the great general of the Vrsni family? Is He happy?
And is Aniruddha, the plenary expansion of the Personality of Godhead,

susenah–Susena; carudesnah–Carudesna; ca–and; sambah–Samba;jambavati-sutah–the son of Jambavati;
anye–others; ca–also; karsni–the sons of Lord Krsna; pravarah–all chieftains;
sa-putrah–along with their sons; rsabha–Rsabha; adayah–etc.–1-14-31-

Are all the chieftain sons of Lord Krsna, such as Susena, Carudesna,
Samba the son of Jambavati, and Rsabha, along with their sons, all doing

tatha eva–similarly; anucarah–constant companions; saureh–of Lord Sri Krsna such as;
srutadeva–Srutadeva; uddhava-adayah–Uddhava and others; sunanda–Sunanda; nanda–Nanda;
sirsanyah–other leaders; ye–all of them; ca–and; anye–others; satvata–liberated souls;
rsabhah–the best men; api–if; svasti–doing well; asate–are; sarve–all of them;
rama–Balarama; krsna–Lord Krsna; bhuja-asrayah–under the protection of; api–if also;
smaranti–do remember; kusalam–welfare; asmakam–about ourselves;
baddha-sauhrdah–bound by eternal friendship.–1-14-32/33

Also, Srutadeva, Uddhava and others, Nanda, Sunanda and other leaders of liberated souls who are
constant companions of the Lord are protected by Lord Balarama and Krsna.
Are they all doing well in their respective functions?
Do they, who are all eternally bound in friendship with us,

bhagavan–the Personality of Godhead, Krsna; api–also; govindah–one who enlivens the cows and the senses;
brahmanyah–devoted to the devotees of the brahmanas; bhakta-vatsalah–affectionate to the devotees;
kaccit–whether; pure–in Dvaraka Puri; sudharmayam–pious assembly; sukham– happiness;
aste–does enjoy; suhrt-vrtah–surrounded by friends.–1-14-34-

Is Lord Krsna, the Supreme Personality of Godhead, who gives pleasure to the cows,
the senses and the brahmanas, who is very affectionate towards His devotees, enjoying
the pious assembly at Dvaraka Puri

mangalaya–for all good; ca–also; lokanam–of all the planets;kshemaya–for protection; ca–and;
bhavaya–for elevation; ca–also; aste–is there; yadu-kula-ambhodhau–in the ocean of the Yadu dynasty;
adyah–the original; ananta-sakhah–in the company of Ananta (Balarama); puman–the supreme enjoyer; yat–whose;
bahu-danda-guptayam–being protected by His arms; sva-puryam–in His own city; yadavah–the members of the Yadu family;
arcitah–as they deserve; kridanti–are relishing; parama anandam–transcendental pleasure;
maha-paurusikah–the residents of the spiritual sky; iva–like.–1-14-35/36

The original Personality of Godhead, the enjoyer, and Balarama, the primeval Lord Ananta, are staying
in the ocean of the Yadu dynasty for the welfare, protection and general progress of the entire universe.
And the members of the Yadu dynasty, being protected by the arms of the Lord,

yat–whose; pada–feet; susrusana–administration of comforts; mukhya–the most important;
karmana–by the acts of; satya-adayah–queens headed by Satyabhama; dvi-asta–twice eight;
sahasra–thousand; yositah–the fair sex; nirjitya–by subduing; sankhye–in the battle;
tri-dasan–of the denizens of heaven; tat-asisah–what is enjoyed by the demigods;
haranti–do take away; vajra-ayudha-vallabha–the wives of the personality who controls the thunderbolt;
ucitah–deserving–1-14-37-

Simply by administering comforts at the lotus feet of the Lord, which is the most important of all services,
the queens at Dvaraka, headed by Satyabhama, induced the Lord to conquer the demigods.
Thus the queens enjoy things which are prerogatives of the wives of the controller of

yat–whose; bahu-danda–arms; abhyudaya–influenced by; anujivinah– always living;
yadu–the members of the Yadu dynasty; pravirah–great heroes; hi akutobhayah–fearless in every respect;
muhuh–constantly; adhikramanti–traversing; anghribhih–by foot; ahrtam–brought about;balat–by force;
sabham–assembly house; sudharmam–Sudharma; sura-sattama–the best among the demigods; ucitam–deserving.–1-14-38-

The great heroes of the Yadu dynasty, being protected by the arms of Lord Sri Krsna, always remain
fearless in every respect. And therefore their feet trample over the Sudharma assembly house,
which the best demigods deserved but which was taken away from them

kaccit–whether; te–your; anamayam–health is all right; tata–my dear brother; bhrasta–bereft;
tejah–luster; vibhasi–appear; me–to me;alabdha-manah–without respect; avajnatah–neglected; kim–whether;
va–or; tata–my dear brother; cirositah–because of long residence.–1-14-39-

My brother Arjuna, please tell me whether your health is all right.You appear to have lost your bodily luster.
Is this due to others disrespecting and neglecting you because of your long stay at Dvaraka

kaccit–whether; na–could not; abhihatah–addressed by; abhavaih– unfriendly; sabda-adibhih–by sounds;
amangalaih–inauspicious; na–did not; dattam–give in charity; uktam–is said; arthibhyah–unto one who asked;
asaya–with hope; yat–what; pratisrutam–promised to be paid.–1-14-40-

Has someone addressed you with unfriendly words or threatened you?
Could you not give charity to one who asked, or could you not keep your promise to someone?

kaccit–whether; tvam–yourself; brahmanam–the brahmanas; balam–the child; gam–the cow; vrddham–old;
roginam–the diseased; striyam–the woman; sarana-upasrtam–having approached for protection;
sattvam–any living being; na–whether; atyaksih–not given shelter; sarana-pradah– deserving protection–1-14-41-

You are always the protector of the deserving living beings, such as brahmanas, children, cows, women
and the diseased. Could you not give them protection when they approached you for shelter?

kaccit–whether; tvam–yourself; na–not; agamah–did contact; agamyam–impeachable; gamyam–acceptable;
va–either; asat-krtam– improperly treated; striyam–a woman; parajitah–defeated by; va–either;
atha–after all; bhavan–your good self; na–nor; uttamaih–by superior power; na–not;
a samaih–by equals; pathi–on the road.–1-14-42-

Have you contacted a woman of impeachable character, or have you not properly treated a deserving woman?
Or have you been defeated on the way by someone who is inferior or equal to you?

api svit–if it were so that; parya–by leaving aside; bhunkthah–have dined; tvam–yourself;
sambhojyan–deserving to dine together; vrddha–the old men; balakan–boys; jugupsitam–abominable; karma–action;
kincit–something; krtavan–you must have done; na–not; yat–that which;aksamam–unpardonable.–1-14-43-

Have you not taken care of old men and boys who deserve to dine with you?
Have you left them and taken your meals alone?
Have you committed some unpardonable mistake which is considered to be abominable?

kaccit–whether; prestha-tamena–unto the most dear one; atha–my brother Arjuna; hrdayena–most intimate;
atma-bandhuna–own friend Lord Krsna; sunyah–void; asmi–I am; rahitah–having lost; nityam–for all time;
manyase–you think; te–your; anyatha–otherwise; na–never; ruk–mental distress.–1-14-44-

Or is it that you are feeling empty for all time because you might have lost your most intimate friend,
Lord Krsna? O my brother Arjuna, I can think of no other reason for your becoming so dejected

———————

யாதவர்களைக் காணவும் கிருஷ்ணனைப் பற்றிய சேதியை அறிந்து கொள்ளவும் த்வாரகைக்குச் சென்ற அர்ஜுனன்
ஏழு மாதங்கள் ஆகியும் திரும்பாததினால் யுதிஷ்டிரர் நாரதர் கூறியதைக் கேட்டு பகவான் சரீரத்தை விட்டுவிடும்
காலம் நெருங்கி விட்டதோதோ என்று கவலையுற்றார்.
அதற்கேற்ப சில கெட்ட சகுனங்கள் ஏற்பட்டன. நதிகள் கலங்கி விட்டன.
ஹோமம் செய்யும்போது நெய்யினால் அக்னி ஜ்வலிக்கவில்லை. கன்றுகள் பால் குடிப்பதில்லை பசுக்கள் கறப்பதில்லை.
அவைகள் கண்ணீர் விட்டு அழுகின்றன.
ஆலயங்களில் மூர்த்திகள் அழுவன போலும் வியர்ப்பன போலும் அசைவன போலும் காணப்படுகின்றன.
தேசமே களையிழந்து காணப்படுகின்றது.
இவ்வாறு யுதித்டிரர் பீமனிடம் வருந்தி பேசிக்கொண்டிருக்கையில் அர்ஜுனன் த்வாரகையிலிருந்து திரும்பினான்.
அவன் முகம் களையிழந்து காணப்பட்டது.

———————————————————-

ஸ்ரீ கோவில் கந்தாடை அப்பன் ஸ்வாமிகள் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –
ஸ்ரீ ஸூக பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ கிருஷ்ண த்வைபாயன பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ நாரத பகவான் திருவடிகளே சரணம் .
ஸ்ரீ பெரிய பெருமாள் பெரிய பிராட்டியார் ஆண்டாள் ஆழ்வார் எம்பெருமானார் ஜீயர் திருவடிகளே சரணம் –